Title:   The Second Jungle Book

Subject:  

Author:   Rudyard Kipling

Keywords:  

Creator:  

PDF Version:   1.2



Contents:

Page No 1

Page No 2

Page No 3

Page No 4

Page No 5

Page No 6

Page No 7

Page No 8

Page No 9

Page No 10

Page No 11

Page No 12

Page No 13

Page No 14

Page No 15

Page No 16

Page No 17

Page No 18

Page No 19

Page No 20

Page No 21

Page No 22

Page No 23

Page No 24

Page No 25

Page No 26

Page No 27

Page No 28

Page No 29

Page No 30

Page No 31

Page No 32

Page No 33

Page No 34

Page No 35

Page No 36

Page No 37

Page No 38

Page No 39

Page No 40

Page No 41

Page No 42

Page No 43

Page No 44

Page No 45

Page No 46

Page No 47

Page No 48

Page No 49

Page No 50

Page No 51

Page No 52

Page No 53

Page No 54

Page No 55

Page No 56

Page No 57

Page No 58

Page No 59

Page No 60

Page No 61

Page No 62

Page No 63

Page No 64

Page No 65

Page No 66

Page No 67

Page No 68

Page No 69

Page No 70

Page No 71

Page No 72

Page No 73

Page No 74

Page No 75

Page No 76

Page No 77

Page No 78

Page No 79

Page No 80

Page No 81

Page No 82

Page No 83

Page No 84

Page No 85

Page No 86

Page No 87

Page No 88

Page No 89

Page No 90

Page No 91

Page No 92

Page No 93

Page No 94

Page No 95

Page No 96

Page No 97

Page No 98

Page No 99

Page No 100

Page No 101

Bookmarks





Page No 1


The Second Jungle Book

Rudyard Kipling



Top




Page No 2


Table of Contents

The Second Jungle Book....................................................................................................................................1

Rudyard Kipling......................................................................................................................................1

HOW FEAR CAME................................................................................................................................1

THE LAW OF THE JUNGLE ...............................................................................................................10

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT.............................................................................................12

A SONG OF KABIR.............................................................................................................................19

LETTING IN THE JUNGLE ................................................................................................................19

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE .............................................................................................35

THE UNDERTAKERS........................................................................................................................35

A RIPPLE SONG.................................................................................................................................48

THE KING'S ANKUS ..........................................................................................................................48

THE SONG OF THE LITTLE HUNTER............................................................................................59

QUIQUERN ..........................................................................................................................................60

'ANGUTIVAUN TAINA' .....................................................................................................................71

RED DOG .............................................................................................................................................72

CHIL'S SONG......................................................................................................................................85

THE SPRING RUNNING....................................................................................................................86

THE OUTSONG ....................................................................................................................................98


The Second Jungle Book

i



Top




Page No 3


The Second Jungle Book

Rudyard Kipling

HOW FEAR CAME 

THE LAW OF THE JUNGLE 

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT 

A SONG OF KABIR 

LETTING IN THE JUNGLE 

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 

THE UNDERTAKERS 

A RIPPLE SONG 

THE KING'S ANKUS 

THE SONG OF THE LITTLE HUNTER 

QUIQUERN 

'ANGUTIVAUN TAINA' 

RED DOG 

CHIL'S SONG 

THE SPRING RUNNING 

THE OUTSONG  

HOW FEAR CAME

The stream is shrunkthe pool is dry,

And we be comrades, thou and I;

With fevered jowl and dusty flank

Each jostling each along the bank;

And by one drouthy fear made still,

Forgoing thought of quest or kill.

Now 'neath his dam the fawn may see,

The lean Packwolf as cowed as he,

And the tall buck, unflinching, note

The fangs that tore his father's throat.

The pools are shrunkthe streams are dry,

And we be playmates, thou and I,

Till yonder cloudGood Hunting!loose

The rain that breaks our Water Truce.

The Law of the Junglewhich is by far the oldest law in the  worldhas arranged for almost every kind of

accident that may  befall  the Jungle People, till now its code is as perfect as time  and custom  can make it. You

will remember that Mowgli  spent a great part of his  life in the Seeonee WolfPack,  learning the Law from

Baloo, the Brown  Bear; and it was Baloo  who told him, when the boy grew impatient at  the constant  orders,

that the Law was like the Giant Creeper, because  it  dropped across every one's back and no one could escape.

"When  thou hast lived as long as I have, Little Brother,  thou wilt see how  all the Jungle obeys at least one

The Second Jungle Book 1



Top




Page No 4


Law.  And that will be no pleasant  sight," said Baloo. 

This talk went in at one ear and out at the other, for a boy  who  spends his life eating and sleeping does not

worry about  anything till  it actually stares him in the face. But,  one year, Baloo's words came  true, and

Mowgli saw all the  Jungle working under the Law. 

It began when the winter Rains failed almost entirely, and  Ikki,  the Porcupine, meeting Mowgli in a

bamboothicket, told  him that the  wild yams were drying up. Now everybody knows that  Ikki is  ridiculously

fastidious in his choice of food, and will  eat nothing  but the very best and ripest. So Mowgli laughed and

said, "What is  that to me?" 

"Not much NOW," said Ikki, rattling his quills in a stiff,  uncomfortable way, "but later we shall see. Is there

any  more diving  into the deep rockpool below the BeeRocks,  Little Brother?" 

"No. The foolish water is going all away, and I do not wish  to  break my head," said Mowgii, who, in those

days, was quite  sure that  he knew as much as any five of the Jungle People  put together. 

"That is thy loss. A small crack might let in some wisdom."  Ikki  ducked quickly to prevent Mowgli from

pulling his  nosebristles, and  Mowgli told Baloo what Ikki had said.  Baloo looked very grave, and  mumbled

half to himself:  "If I were alone I would change my  huntinggrounds now,  before the others began to think.

And  yethunting among  strangers ends in fighting; and they might hurt the  Mancub.  We must wait and see

how the mohwa blooms." 

That spring the mohwa tree, that Baloo was so fond of, never  flowered. The greeny, creamcoloured, waxy

blossoms were  heatkilled  before they were born, and only a few badsmelling  petals came down  when he

stood on his hind legs and shook  the tree. Then, inch by inch,  the untempered heat crept into  the heart of the

Jungle, turning it  yellow, brown, and at  last black. The green growths in the sides of  the ravines  burned up to

broken wires and curled films of dead stuff;  the hidden pools sank down and caked over, keeping the last

least  footmark on their edges as if it had been cast in iron;  the  juicystemmed creepers fell away from the

trees they clung  to and died  at their feet; the bamboos withered, clanking when  the hot winds blew,  and the

moss peeled off the rocks deep in  the Jungle, till they were  as bare and as hot as the quivering  blue boulders

in the bed of the  stream. 

The birds and the monkeypeople went north early in the year,  for  they knew what was coming; and the deer

and the wild pig  broke far  away to the perished fields of the villages, dying  sometimes before  the eyes of men

too weak to kill them. Chil,  the Kite, stayed and grew  fat, for there was a great deal of  carrion, and evening

after evening  he brought the news to the  beasts, too weak to force their way to  fresh huntinggrounds,  that

the sun was killing the Jungle for three  days" flight in  every direction. 

Mowgli, who had never known what real hunger meant, fell back  on  stale honey, three years old, scraped out

of deserted  rockhiveshoney black as a sloe, and dusty with dried sugar.  He  hunted, too, for deepboring

grubs under the bark of the  trees, and  robbed the wasps of their new broods. All the game  in the jungle was

no more than skin and bone, and Bagheera  could kill thrice in a night,  and hardly get a full meal. But  the want

of water was the worst, for  though the Jungle People  drink seldom they must drink deep. 

And the heat went on and on, and sucked up all the moisture,  till  at last the main channel of the Waingunga

was the only  stream that  carried a trickle of water between its dead banks;  and when Hathi, the  wild elephant,

who lives for a hundred  years and more, saw a long,  lean blue ridge of rock show dry  in the very centre of the

stream, he  knew that he was looking  at the Peace Rock, and then and there he  lifted up his trunk  and

proclaimed the Water Truce, as his father  before him had  proclaimed it fifty years ago. The deer, wild pig,

and  buffalo  took up the cry hoarsely; and Chil, the Kite, flew in great  circles far and wide, whistling and


The Second Jungle Book

The Second Jungle Book 2



Top




Page No 5


shrieking the warning. 

By the Law of the Jungle it is death to kill at the  drinkingplaces when once the Water Truce has been

declared.  The  reason of this is that drinking comes before eating. Every  one in the  Jungle can scramble along

somehow when only game is  scarce; but water  is water, and when there is but one source of  supply, all

hunting  stops while the Jungle People go there for  their needs. In good  seasons, when water was plentiful,

those  who came down to drink at the  Waingungaor anywhere else, for  that matterdid so at the risk of

their lives, and that risk  made no small part of the fascination of  the night's doings.  To move down so

cunningly that never a leaf  stirred; to wade  kneedeep in the roaring shallows that drown all  noise from

behind; to drink, looking backward over one shoulder, every  muscle ready for the first desperate bound of

keen terror;  to roll on  the sandy margin, and return, wetmuzzled and  well plumped out, to the  admiring herd,

was a thing that all  tallantlered young bucks took a  delight in, precisely because  they knew that at any

moment Bagheera or  Shere Khan might leap  upon them and bear them down. But now all that  lifeanddeath

fun was ended, and the Jungle People came up, starved  and  weary, to the shrunken river,tiger, bear, deer,

buffalo,  and  pig, all together,drank the fouled waters, and hung above  them, too  exhausted to move off. 

The deer and the pig had tramped all day in search of something  better than dried bark and withered leaves.

The buffaloes had  found  no wallows to be cool in, and no green crops to steal.  The snakes had  left the Jungle

and come down to the river in  the hope of finding a  stray frog. They curled round wet stones,  and never

offered to strike  when the nose of a rooting pig  dislodged them. The riverturtles had  long ago been killed by

Bagheera, cleverest of hunters, and the fish  had buried  themselves deep in the dry mud. Only the Peace Rock

lay  across  the shallows like a long snake, and the little tired ripples  hissed as they dried on its hot side. 

It was here that Mowgli came nightly for the cool and the  companionship. The most hungry of his enemies

would hardly have  cared  for the boy then, His naked hide made him seem more lean  and wretched  than any

of his fellows. His hair was bleached to  tow colour by the  sun; his ribs stood out like the ribs of a  basket, and

the lumps on  his knees and elbows, where he was used  to track on all fours, gave  his shrunken limbs the look

of  knotted grassstems. But his eye, under  his matted forelock,  was cool and quiet, for Bagheera was his

adviser  in this time  of trouble, and told him to go quietly, hunt slowly, and  never,  on any account, to lose his

temper. 

"It is an evil time," said the Black Panther, one furnacehot  evening, "but it will go if we can live till the end.

Is thy  stomach  full, Mancub?" 

"There is stuff in my stomach, but I get no good of it.  Think you,  Bagheera, the Rains have forgotten us and

will  never come again?" 

"Not I! We shall see the mohwa in blossom yet, and the little  fawns all fat with new grass. Come down to the

Peace Rock and  hear  the news. On my back, Little Brother." 

"This is no time to carry weight. I can still stand alone,  butindeed we be no fatted bullocks, we two." 

Bagheera looked along his ragged, dusty flank and whispered.  "Last  night I killed a bullock under the yoke.

So low was I  brought that I  think I should not have dared to spring if he  had been loose. WOU!" 

Mowgli laughed. "Yes, we be great hunters now," said he.  "I am  very boldto eat grubs," and the two came

down together  through the  crackling undergrowth to the riverbank and the  lacework of shoals  that ran out

from it in every direction. 

"The water cannot live long," said Baloo, joining them.  "Look  across. Yonder are trails like the roads of

Man." 


The Second Jungle Book

The Second Jungle Book 3



Top




Page No 6


On the level plain of the farther bank the stiff junglegrass  had  died standing, and, dying, had mummied. The

beaten tracks  of the deer  and the pig, all heading toward the river, had  striped that colourless  plain with dusty

gullies driven through  the tenfoot grass, and, early  as it was, each long avenue was  full of firstcomers

hastening to the  water. You could hear the  does and fawns coughing in the snufflike  dust. 

Upstream, at the bend of the sluggish pool round the Peace  Rock,  and Warden of the Water Truce, stood

Hathi, the wild  elephant, with  his sons, gaunt and gray in the moonlight,  rocking to and froalways  rocking.

Below him a little were the  vanguard of the deer; below  these, again, the pig and the wild  buffalo; and on the

opposite bank,  where the tall trees came  down to the water's edge, was the place set  apart for the  Eaters of

Fleshthe tiger, the wolves, the panther, the  bear,  and the others. 

"We are under one Law, indeed," said Bagheera, wading into the  water and looking across at the lines of

clicking horns and  starting  eyes where the deer and the pig pushed each other to  and fro. "Good  hunting, all

you of my blood," he added, lying  own at full length, one  flank thrust out of the shallows; and  then, between

his teeth, "But  for that which is the Law it  would be VERY good hunting." 

The quickspread ears of the deer caught the last sentence,  and a  frightened whisper ran along the ranks.

"The Truce!  Remember the  Truce!" 

"Peace there, peace!" gurgled Hathi, the wild elephant.  "The Truce  holds, Bagheera. This is no time to talk  of

hunting." 

"Who should know better than I?" Bagheera answered, rolling his  yellow eyes upstream. "I am an eater of

turtlesa fisher of  frogs.  Ngaayah! Would I could get good from chewing branches!" 

"WE wish so, very greatly," bleated a young fawn, who had only  been born that spring, and did not at all like

it. Wretched as  the  Jungle People were, even Hathi could not help chuckling;  while Mowgli,  lying on his

elbows in the warm water, laughed  aloud, and beat up the  scum with his feet. 

"Well spoken, little budhorn," Bagheera purred. "When the  Truce  ends that shall be remembered in thy

favour," and he  looked keenly  through the darkness to make sure of recognising  the fawn again. 

Gradually the talking spread up and down the drinkingplaces.  One  could hear the scuffling, snorting pig

asking for more  room; the  buffaloes grunting among themselves as they lurched  out across the  sandbars,

and the deer telling pitiful stories  of their long  footsore wanderings in quest of food. Now and  again they

asked some  question of the Eaters of Flesh across  the river, but all the news was  bad, and the roaring hot

wind  of the Jungle came and went between the  rocks and the rattling  branches, and scattered twigs, and dust

on the  water. 

"The menfolk, too, they die beside their ploughs," said a  young  sambhur. "I passed three between sunset and

night.  They lay still, and  their Bullocks with them. We also shall lie  still in a little." 

"The river has fallen since last night," said Baloo. "O Hathi,  hast thou ever seen the like of this drought?" 

"It will pass, it will pass," said Hathi, squirting water along  his back and sides. 

"We have one here that cannot endure long," said Baloo; and he  looked toward the boy he loved. 

"I?" said Mowgli indignantly, sitting up in the water. "I have  no  long fur to cover my bones, butbut if THY

hide were taken  off,  Baloo" 


The Second Jungle Book

The Second Jungle Book 4



Top




Page No 7


Hathi shook all over at the idea, and Baloo said severely: 

"Mancub, that is not seemly to tell a Teacher of the Law.  Never  have I been seen without my hide." 

"Nay, I meant no harm, Baloo; but only that thou art, as it  were,  like the cocoanut in the husk, and I am the

same cocoanut  all naked.  Now that brown husk of thine" Mowgli was sitting  crosslegged, and

explaining things with his forefinger in his  usual way, when Bagheera  put out a paddy paw and pulled him

over backward into the water. 

"Worse and worse," said the Black Panther, as the boy rose  spluttering. "First Baloo is to be skinned, and

now he is a  cocoanut.  Be careful that he does not do what the ripe  cocoanuts do." 

"And what is that?" said Mowgli, off his guard for the minute,  though that is one of the oldest catches in the

Jungle. 

"Break thy head," said Bagheera quietly, pulling him  under again. 

"It is not good to make a jest of thy teacher," said the bear,  when Mowgli had been ducked for the third time. 

"Not good! What would ye have? That naked thing running to  and fro  makes a monkeyjest of those who

have once been good  hunters, and  pulls the best of us by the whiskers for sport."  This was Shere Khan,  the

Lame Tiger, limping down to the water.  He waited a little to enjoy  the sensation he made among the  deer on

the opposite to lap, growling:  "The jungle has become a  whelpingground for naked cubs now. Look at  me,

Mancub!" 

Mowgli lookedstared, ratheras insolently as he knew how,  and  in a minute Shere Khan turned away

uneasily. "Mancub this,  and  Mancub that," he rumbled, going on with his drink, "the  cub is  neither man

nor cub, or he would have been afraid. Next  season I shall  have to beg his leave for a drink. Augrh!" 

"That may come, too," said Bagheera, looking him steadily  between  the eyes. "That may come, tooFaugh,

Shere Khan!what  new shame hast  thou brought here?" 

The Lame Tiger had dipped his chin and jowl in the water, and  dark, oily streaks were floating from it

downstream. 

"Man!" said Shere Khan coolly, "I killed an hour since."  He went  on purring and growling to himself. 

The line of beasts shook and wavered to and fro, and a whisper  went up that grew to a cry. "Man! Man! He

has killed Man!"  Then all  looked towards Hathi, the wild elephant, but he seemed  not to hear.  Hathi never

does anything till the time comes,  and that is one of the  reasons why he lives so long. 

"At such a season as this to kill Man! Was no other game  afoot?"  said Bagheera scornfully, drawing himself

out of the  tainted water,  and shaking each paw, catfashion, as he did so. 

"I killed for choicenot for food." The horrified whisper  began  again, and Hathi's watchful little white eye

cocked  itself in Shere  Khan's direction. "For choice," Shere Khan  drawled. "Now come I to  drink and make

me clean again. Is  there any to forbid?" 

Bagheera's back began to curve like a bamboo in a high wind,  but  Hathi lifted up his trunk and spoke quietly. 

"Thy kill was from choice?" he asked; and when Hathi asks a  question it is best to answer. 


The Second Jungle Book

The Second Jungle Book 5



Top




Page No 8


"Even so. It was my right and my Night. Thou knowest, O Hathi."  Shere Khan spoke almost courteously. 

"Yes, I know," Hathi answered; and, after a little silence,  "Hast  thou drunk thy fill?" 

"For tonight, yes." 

"Go, then. The river is to drink, and not to defile. None but  the  Lame Tiger would so have boasted of his right

at this  season  whenwhen we suffer togetherMan and Jungle People  alike." Clean or  unclean, get to thy

lair, Shere Khan!" 

The last words rang out like silver trumpets, and Hathi's three  sons rolled forward half a pace, though there

was no need.  Shere Khan  slunk away, not daring to growl, for he knewwhat  every one else  knowsthat

when the last comes to the last,  Hathi is the Master of  the Jungle. 

"What is this right Shere Khan speaks of?" Mowgli whispered in  Bagheera's ear. "To kill Man is always,

shameful. The Law says  so.  And yet Hathi says" 

"Ask him. I do not know, Little Brother. Right or no right, if  Hathi had not spoken I would have taught that

lame butcher his  lesson. To come to the Peace Rock fresh from a kill of Manand  to  boast of itis a

jackal's trick. Besides, he tainted the  good water." 

Mowgli waited for a minute to pick up his courage, because no  one  cared to address Hathi directly, and then

he cried: "What  is Shere  Khan's right, O Hathi?" Both banks echoed his words,  for all the  People of the

Jungle are intensely curious, and  they had just seen  something that none except Baloo, who looked  very

thoughtful, seemed  to understand. 

"It is an old tale," said Hathi; "a tale older than the Jungle.  Keep silence along the banks and I will tell that

tale." 

There was a minute or two of pushing a shouldering among the  pigs  and the buffalo, and then the leaders of

the herds  grunted, one after  another, "We wait," and Hathi strode  forward, till he was nearly  kneedeep in the

pool by the Peace  Rock. Lean and wrinkled and  yellowtusked though he was,  he looked what the Jungle

knew him to  betheir master. 

"Ye know, children," he began, "that of all things ye most fear  Man"; and there was a mutter of agreement. 

"This tale touches thee, Little Brother," said Bagheera  to Mowgli. 

"I? I am of the Packa hunter of the Free People," Mowgli  answered. "What have I to do with Man?" 

"And ye do not know why ye fear Man?" Hathi went on. "This is  the  reason. In the beginning of the Jungle,

and none know when  that was,  we of the Jungle walked together, having no fear of  one another. In  those days

there was no drought, and leaves and  flowers and fruit grew  on the same tree, and we ate nothing at  all except

leaves and flowers  and grass and fruit and bark." 

"I am glad I was not born in those days," said Bagheera. "Bark  is  only good to sharpen claws." 

"And the Lord of the Jungle was Tha, the First of the  Elephants.  He drew the Jungle out of deep waters with

his  trunk; and where he  made furrows in the ground with his tusks,  there the rivers ran; and  where he struck

with his foot, there  rose ponds of good water; and  when he blew through his trunk,  thus,the trees fell.

That was the  manner in which the Jungle  was made by Tha; and so the tale was told  to me." 


The Second Jungle Book

The Second Jungle Book 6



Top




Page No 9


"It has not lost fat in the telling," Bagheera whispered, and  Mowgli laughed behind his hand. 

"In those days there was no corn or melons or pepper or  sugarcane, nor were there any little huts such as ye

have  all seen;  and the Jungle People knew nothing of Man, but lived  in the Jungle  together, making one

people. But presently they  began to dispute over  their food, though there was grazing  enough for all. They

were lazy.  Each wished to eat where he  lay, as sometimes we can do now when the  spring rains are good.

Tha, the First of the Elephants, was busy  making new jungles  and leading the rivers in their beds. He could

not  walk in all  places; therefore he made the First of the Tigers the  master  and the judge of the Jungle, to

whom the Jungle People should  bring their disputes. In those days the First of the Tigers  ate fruit  and grass

with the others. He was as large as I am,  and he was very  beautiful, in colour all over like the blossom  of the

yellow creeper.  There was never stripe nor bar upon  his hide in those good days when  this the Jungle was

new.  All the Jungle People came before him without  fear, and his  word was the Law of all the Jungle. We

were then,  remember ye,  one people. 

"Yet upon a night there was a dispute between two bucksa  grazingquarrel such as ye now settle with the

horns and the  forefeetand it is said that as the two spoke together before  the  First of the First of the Tigers

lying among the flowers,  a buck  pushed him with his horns, and the First of the Tigers  forgot that he  was the

master and judge of the Jungle, and,  leaping upon that buck,  broke his neck. 

"Till that night never one of us had died, and the First of  the  Tigers, seeing what he had done, and being made

foolish by  the scent  of the blood, ran away into the marshes of the North,  and we of the  Jungle, left without a

judge, fell to fighting  among ourselves; and  Tha heard the noise of it and came back.  Then some of us said

this and  some of us said that, but he saw  the dead buck among the flowers, and  asked who had killed,  and we

of the Jungle would not tell because the  smell of the  blood made us foolish. We ran to and fro in circles,

capering  and crying out and shaking our heads. Then Tha gave an order  to the trees that hang low, and to the

trailing creepers of  the  Jungle, that they should mark the killer of the buck so  that he should  know him again,

and he said, "Who will now be  master of the Jungle  People?" Then up leaped the Gray Ape  who lives in the

branches, and  said, "I will now be master of  the Jungle." 

At this Tha laughed, and said, "So be it," and went away  very  angry. 

"Children, ye know the Gray Ape. He was then as he is now.  At the  first he made a wise face for himself, but

in a little  while he began  to scratch and to leap up and down, and when Tha  came back he found  the Gray

Ape hanging, head down, from a  bough, mocking those who stood  below; and they mocked him  again. And

so there was no Law in the  Jungleonly foolish  talk and senseless words. 

"Then Tha called us all together and said: 'The first of your  masters has brought Death into the Jungle, and

the second  Shame. Now  it is time there was a Law, and a Law that ye must  not break. Now ye  shall know

Fear, and when ye have found him  ye shall know that he is  your master, and the rest shall  follow.' Then we of

the jungle said,  'What is Fear?' And Tha  said, 'Seek till ye find.' So we went up and  down the Jungle  seeking

for Fear, and presently the buffaloes" 

"Ugh!" said Mysa, the leader of the buffaloes, from their  sandbank. 

"Yes, Mysa, it was the buffaloes. They came back with the news  that in a cave in the Jungle sat Fear, and that

he had no hair,  and  went upon his hind legs. Then we of the Jungle followed the  herd till  we came to that

cave, and Fear stood at the mouth of  it, and he was,  as the buffaloes had said, hairless, and he  walked upon

his hinder  legs. When he saw us he cried out, and  his voice filled us with the  fear that we have now of that

voice when we hear it, and we ran away,  tramping upon and  tearing each other because we were afraid. That

night, so it  was told to me, we of the Jungle did not lie down  together as  used to be our custom, but each tribe

drew off by  itselfthe  pig with the pig, the deer with the deer; horn to horn,  hoof to  hoof,like keeping to


The Second Jungle Book

The Second Jungle Book 7



Top




Page No 10


like, and so lay shaking in the Jungle. 

"Only the First of the Tigers was not with us, for he was still  hidden in the marshes of the North, and when

word was brought  to him  of the Thing we had seen in the cave, he said. 'I will  go to this  Thing and break his

neck.' So he ran all the night  till he came to the  cave; but the trees and the creepers on his  path, remembering

the  order that Tha had given, let down their  branches and marked him as he  ran, drawing their fingers across

his back, his flank, his forehead,  and his jowl. Wherever they  touched him there was a mark and a stripe  upon

his yellow hide.  AND THOSE STRIPES DO THIS CHILDREN WEAR TO THIS  DAY! When he  came to

the cave, Fear, the Hairless One, put out his  hand and  called him 'The Striped One that comes by night,' and

the  First  of the Tigers was afraid of the Hairless One, and ran back to  the swamps howling." 

Mowgli chuckled quietly here, his chin in the water. 

"So loud did he howl that Tha heard him and said, 'What is the  sorrow?' And the First of the Tigers, lifting up

his muzzle to  the  newmade sky, which is now so old, said: 'Give me back my  power, O  Tha. I am made

ashamed before all the Jungle, and I  have run away from  a Hairless One, and he has called me a  shameful

name.' 'And why?' said  Tha. 'Because I am smeared with  the mud of the marshes,' said the  First of the Tigers.

'Swim,  then, and roll on the wet grass, and if it  be mud it will wash  away,' said Tha; and the First of the

Tigers swam,  and rolled  and rolled upon the grass, till the Jungle ran round and  round  before his eyes, but not

one little bar upon all his hide was  changed, and Tha, watching him, laughed. Then the First of the  Tigers

said: 'What have I done that this comes to me?'  Tha said, 'Thou hast  killed the buck, and thou hast let Death

loose in the Jungle, and with  Death has come Fear, so that the  people of the Jungle are afraid one  of the other,

as thou art  afraid of the Hairless One.' The First of  the Tigers said,  'They will never fear me, for I knew them

since the  beginning.'  Tha said, 'Go and see.' And the First of the Tigers ran to  and  fro, calling aloud to the

deer and the pig and the sambhur and  the porcupine and all the Jungle Peoples, and they all ran away  from

him who had been their judge, because they were afraid. 

"Then the First of the Tigers came back, and his pride was  broken  in him, and, beating his head upon the

ground, he tore up  the earth  with all his feet and said: 'Remember that I was once  the Master of  the Jungle.

Do not forget me, O Tha! Let my  children remember that I  was once without shame or fear!'  And Tha said:

'This much I will do,  because thou and I together  saw the Jungle made. For one night in each  year it shall be

as  it was before the buck was killedfor thee and  for thy  children. In that one night, if ye meet the Hairless

Oneand  his name is Manye shall not be afraid of him, but he shall he  afraid of you, as though ye were

judges of the Jungle and  masters of  all things. Show him mercy in that night of his  fear, for thou hast  known

what Fear is.' 

"Then the First of the Tigers answered, 'I am content';  but when  next he drank he saw the black stripes upon

his flank  and his side,  and he remembered the name that the Hairless One  had given him, and he  was angry.

For a year he lived in the  marshes waiting till Tha should  keep his promise. And upon a  night when the jackal

of the Moon [the  Evening Star] stood  clear of the Jungle, he felt that his Night was  upon him,  and he went to

that cave to meet the Hairless One. Then it  happened as Tha promised, for the Hairless One fell down before

him  and lay along the ground, and the First of the Tigers  struck him and  broke his back, for he thought that

there was  but one such Thing in  the Jungle, and that he had killed Fear.  Then, nosing above the kill,  he heard

Tha coming down from the  woods of the North, and presently  the voice of the First of the  Elephants, which is

the voice that we  hear now" 

The thunder was rolling up and down the dry, scarred hills, but  it  brought no rainonly heatlightning that

flickered along  the  ridgesand Hathi went on: "THAT was the voice he heard,  and it said:  'Is this thy

mercy?' The First of the Tigers  licked his lips and said:  'What matter? I have killed Fear.'  And Tha said: 'O

blind and foolish!  Thou hast untied the feet  of Death, and he will follow thy trail till  thou diest.  Thou hast

taught Man to kill!' 


The Second Jungle Book

The Second Jungle Book 8



Top




Page No 11


"The First of the Tigers, standing stiffly to his kill, said.  'He  is as the buck was. There is no Fear. Now I will

judge the  Jungle  Peoples once more.' 

"And Tha said: 'Never again shall the Jungle Peoples come to  thee.  They shall never cross thy trail, nor sleep

near thee,  nor follow  after thee, nor browse by thy lair. Only Fear shall  follow thee, and  with a blow that thou

canst not see he shall  bid thee wait his  pleasure. He shall make the ground to open  under thy feet, and the

creeper to twist about thy neck,  and the treetrunks to grow together  about thee higher than  thou canst leap,

and at the last he shall take  thy hide to wrap  his cubs when they are cold. Thou hast shown him no  mercy,  and

none will he show thee.' 

"The First of the Tigers was very bold, for his Night was still  on  him, and he said: 'The Promise of Tha is the

Promise of Tha.  He will  not take away my Night?' And Tha said: 'The one Night is  thine, as I  have said, but

there is a price to pay.  Thou hast taught Man to kill,  and he is no slow learner.' 

"The First of the Tigers said: 'He is here under my foot, and  his  back is broken. Let the Jungle know I have

killed Fear.' 

"Then Tha laughed, and said: 'Thou hast killed one of many, but  thou thyself shalt tell the Junglefor thy

Night is ended.' 

"So the day came; and from the mouth of the cave went out  another  Hairless One, and he saw the kill in the

path, and the  First of the  Tigers above it, and he took a pointed stick" 

"They throw a thing that cuts now," said Ikki, rustling down  the  bank; for Ikki was considered uncommonly

good eating by  the  Gondsthey called him HoIgooand he knew something of  the wicked  little Gondee

axe that whirls across a clearing  like a dragonfly. 

"It was a pointed stick, such as they put in the foot of a  pittrap,"  said Hathi, "and throwing it, he struck the

First  of the  Tigers deep in the flank. Thus it happened as Tha said,  for the First  of the Tigers ran howling up

and down the Jungle  till he tore out the  stick, and all the Jungle knew that the  Hairless One could strike from

far off, and they feared more  than before. So it came about that the  First of the Tigers  taught the Hairless One

to killand ye know what  harm that has  since done to all our peoplesthrough the noose, and  the  pitfall,

and the hidden trap, and the flying stick and the  stinging fly that comes out of white smoke [Hathi meant the

rifle],  and the Red Flower that drives us into the open.  Yet for one night in  the year the Hairless One fears the

Tiger,  as Tha promised, and never  has the Tiger given him cause to be  less afraid. Where he finds him,  there

he kills him,  remembering how the First of the Tigers was made  ashamed.  For the rest, Fear walks up and

down the Jungle by day  and  by night." 

"Ahi! Aoo!" said the deer, thinking of what it all meant  to them. 

"And only when there is one great Fear over all, as there is  now,  can we of the Jungle lay aside our little

fears, and meet  together in  one place as we do now." 

"For one night only does Man fear the Tiger?" said Mowgli. 

"For one night only," said Hathi. 

"But Ibut webut all the Jungle knows that Shere Khan kills  Man  twice and thrice in a moon." 

"Even so. THEN he springs from behind and turns his head aside  as  he strikes, for he is full of fear. If Man

looked at him he  would run.  But on his one Night he goes openly down to the  village. He walks  between the


The Second Jungle Book

The Second Jungle Book 9



Top




Page No 12


houses and thrusts his head into  the doorway, and the men  fall on their faces, and there he does  his kill. One

kill in that  Night." 

"Oh!" said Mowgli to himself, rolling over in the water. "NOW I  see why it was Shere Khan bade me look at

him! He got no good  of it,  for he could not hold his eyes steady, andand I  certainly did not  fall down at his

feet. But then I am not a  man, being of the Free  People." 

"Umm!" said Bagheera deep in his furry throat. "Does the Tiger  know his Night?" 

"Never till the Jackal of the Moon stands clear of the evening  mist. Sometimes it falls in the dry summer and

sometimes in the  wet  rainsthis one Night of the Tiger. But for the First of  the Tigers,  this would never have

been, nor would any of us  have known fear." 

The deer grunted sorrowfully and Bagheera's lips curled in a  wicked smile. "Do men know thistale?" said

he. 

"None know it except the tigers, and we, the elephantsthe  children of Tha. Now ye by the pools have heard

it, and I  have  spoken." 

Hathi dipped his trunk into the water as a sign that he did not  wish to talk. 

"Butbutbut," said Mowgli, turning to Baloo, "why did not the  First of the Tigers continue to eat grass

and leaves and trees?  He  did but break the buck's neck. He did not EAT. What led him  to the hot  meat?" 

"The trees and the creepers marked him, Little Brother, and made  him the striped thing that we see. Never

again would he eat  their  fruit; but from that day he revenged himself upon the  deer, and the  others, the Eaters

of Grass," said Baloo. 

"Then THOU knowest the tale. Heh? Why have I never heard?" 

"Because the Jungle is full of such tales. If I made a  beginning  there would never be an end to them. Let go

my ear,  Little Brother." 

THE LAW OF THE JUNGLE

Just to give you an idea of the immense variety of the Jungle  Law,  I have translated into verse (Baloo always

recited them in  a sort of  singsong) a few of the laws that apply to the wolves.  There are, of  course, hundreds

and hundreds more, but these will  do for specimens of  the simpler rulings. 

Now this is the Law of the Jungleas old and as true as

   the sky;

And the Wolf that shall keep it may prosper, but the Wolf

   that shall break it must die.

As the creeper that girdles the treetrunk the Law runneth

   forward and back

For the strength of the Pack is the Wolf, and the strength

   of the Wolf is the Pack.

Wash daily from nosetip to tailtip; drink deeply, but

   never too deep;

And remember the night is for hunting, and forget not

   the day is for sleep.


The Second Jungle Book

THE LAW OF THE JUNGLE 10



Top




Page No 13


The jackal may follow the Tiger, but, Cub, when thy

   whiskers are grown,

Remember the Wolf is a huntergo forth and get food

   of thine own.

Keep peace with the Lords of the Junglethe Tiger, the

   Panther, the Bear;

And trouble not Hathi the Silent, and mock not the Boar

   in his lair.

When Pack meets with Pack in the Jungle, and neither

   will go from the trail,

Lie down till the leaders have spokenit may be fair

   words shall prevail.

When ye fight with a Wolf of the Pack, ye must

   fight him alone and afar,

Lest others take part in the quarrel, and the Pack be

   diminished by war.

The Lair of the Wolf is his refuge, and where he has

   made him his home,

Not even the Head Wolf may enter, not even the Council

   may come.

The Lair of the Wolf is his refuge, but where he has

   digged it too plain,

The Council shall send him a message, and so he shall

   change it again.

If ye kill before midnight, be silent, and wake not the

   woods with your bay,

Lest ye frighten the deer from the crops, and the brothers

   go empty away.

Ye may kill for yourselves, and your mates, and your cubs

   as they need, and ye can;

But kill not for pleasure of killing, and SEVEN TIMES NEVER

   KILL MAN.

If ye plunder his Kill from a weaker, devour not all in

   thy pride;

PackRight is the right of the meanest; so leave him the

   head and the hide.

The Kill of the Pack is the meat of the Pack. Ye must

   eat where it lies;

And no one may carry away of that meat to his lair, or

   he dies.

The Kill of the Wolf is the meat of the Wolf. He may

   do what he will,

But, till he has given permission, the Pack may not eat

   of that Kill.

CubRight is the right of the Yearling. From all of his

   Pack he may claim

Fullgorge when the killer has eaten; and none may

   refuse him the same.

LairRight is the right of the Mother. From all of her


The Second Jungle Book

THE LAW OF THE JUNGLE 11



Top




Page No 14


year she may claim

One haunch of each kill for her litter, and none may

   deny her the same.

CaveRight is the right of the Fatherto hunt by himself

   for his own.

He is freed of all calls to the Pack; he is judged by the

   Council alone.

Because of his age and his cunning, because of his gripe

   and his paw,

In all that the Law leaveth open, the word of the Head

   Wolf is Law.

Now these are the Laws of the Jungle, and many and

   mighty are they;

But the head and the hoof of the Law and the haunch

   and the hump isObey!

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT

The night we felt the earth would move  We stole and plucked him by  the hand,  Because we loved him with

the love  That knows but cannot  understand.  And when the roaring hillside broke,  And all our world  fell down

in rain,  We saved him, we the Little Folk;  But lo! he does  not come again!  Mourn now, we saved him for the

sake  Of such poor  love as wild ones may.  Mourn ye! Our brother will not wake,  And his  own kind drive us

away!  Dirge of the Langurs.

There was once a man in India who was Prime Minister of one of  the  semiindependent native States in the

northwestern part of  the  country. He was a Brahmin, so highcaste that caste ceased  to have any  particular

meaning for him; and his father had been  an important  official in the gaycoloured tagrag and bobtail of  an

oldfashioned  Hindu Court. But as Purun Dass grew up he felt  that the old order of  things was changing, and

that if any one  wished to get on in the world  he must stand well with the  English, and imitate all that the

English  believed to be good.  At the same time a native official must keep his  own master's  favour. This was a

difficult game, but the quiet,  closemouthed  young Brahmin, helped by a good English education at a

Bombay  University, played it coolly, and rose, step by step, to be  Prime Minister of the kingdom. That is to

say, he held more real  power than his master the Maharajah. 

When the old kingwho was suspicious of the English, their  railways and telegraphsdied, Purun Dass

stood high with his  young  successor, who had been tutored by an Englishman; and  between them,  though he

always took care that his master should  have the credit,  they established schools for little girls,  made roads,

and started  State dispensaries and shows of  agricultural implements, and published  a yearly bluebook on  the

"Moral and Material Progress of the State,"  and the Foreign  Office and the Government of India were

delighted.  Very few  native States take up English progress altogether, for they  will  not believe, as Purun Dass

showed he did, that what was good for  the Englishman must be twice as good for the Asiatic. The Prime

Minister became the honoured friend of Viceroys, and Governors,  and  LieutenantGovernors, and medical

missionaries, and common  missionaries, and hardriding English officers who came to shoot  in  the State

preserves, as well as of whole hosts of tourists  who  travelled up and down India in the cold weather, showing

how  things  ought to be managed. In his spare time he would endow  scholarships for  the study of medicine

and manufactures on  strictly English lines, and  write letters to the "Pioneer",  the greatest Indian daily paper,

explaining his master's aims  and objects. 

At last he went to England on a visit, and had to pay enormous  sums to the priests when he came back; for

even so highcaste a  Brahmin as Purun Dass lost caste by crossing the black sea.  In London  he met and

talked with every one worth knowing  men whose names go  all over the worldand saw a great deal  more


The Second Jungle Book

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT 12



Top




Page No 15


than he said. He was  given honorary degrees by learned  universities, and he made speeches  and talked of

Hindu social  reform to English ladies in evening dress,  till all London  cried, "This is the most fascinating

man we have ever  met at  dinner since cloths were first laid." 

When he returned to India there was a blaze of glory, for  the  Viceroy himself made a special visit to confer

upon the  Maharajah the  Grand Cross of the Star of Indiaall diamonds  and ribbons and enamel;  and at the

same ceremony, while the  cannon boomed, Purun Dass was made  a Knight Commander of the  Order of the

Indian Empire; so that his name  stood Sir Purun  Dass, K.C.I.E. 

That evening, at dinner in the big Viceregal tent, he stood up  with the badge and the collar of the Order on his

breast,  and  replying to the toast of his master's health, made a speech  few  Englishmen could have bettered. 

Next month, when the city had returned to its sunbaked quiet,  he  did a thing no Englishman would have

dreamed of doing;  for, so far as  the world's affairs went, he died. The jewelled  order of his  knighthood went

back to the Indian Government,  and a new Prime  Minister was appointed to the charge of affairs,  and a great

game of  General Post began in all the subordinate  appointments. The priests  knew what had happened, and

the people  guessed; but India is the one  place in the world where a man can  do as he pleases and nobody asks

why; and the fact that Dewan  Sir Purun Dass, K.C.I.E., had resigned  position, palace, and  power, and taken

up the beggingbowl and  ochrecoloured dress of  a Sunnyasi, or holy man, was considered  nothing

extraordinary.  He had been, as the Old Law recommends, twenty  years a youth,  twenty years a

fighter,though he had never carried a  weapon in  his life,and twenty years head of a household. He had

used  his  wealth and his power for what he knew both to be worth; he had  taken honour when it came his way;

he had seen men and cities  far and  near, and men and cities had stood up and honoured him.  Now he would

let those things go, as a man drops the cloak he no  longer needs. 

Behind him, as he walked through the city gates, an antelope  skin  and brasshandled crutch under his arm,

and a beggingbowl  of polished  brown cocodemer in his hand, barefoot, alone, with  eyes cast on the

groundbehind him they were firing salutes  from the bastions in  honour of his happy successor. Purun Dass

nodded. All that life was  ended; and he bore it no more illwill  or goodwill than a man bears  to a colourless

dream of the  night. He was a Sunnyasia houseless,  wandering mendicant,  depending on his neighbours for

his daily bread;  and so long as  there is a morsel to divide in India, neither priest  nor beggar  starves. He had

never in his life tasted meat, and very  seldom  eaten even fish. A fivepound note would have covered his

personal expenses for food through any one of the many years in  which  he had been absolute master of

millions of money. Even  when he was  being lionised in London he had held before him his  dream of peace

and  quietthe long, white, dusty Indian road,  printed all over with bare  feet, the incessant, slowmoving

traffic, and the sharpsmelling wood  smoke curling up under  the figtrees in the twilight, where the

wayfarers sit at their  evening meal. 

When the time came to make that dream true the Prime Minister  took  the proper steps, and in three days you

might more easily  have found a  bubble in the trough of the long Atlantic seas,  than Purun Dass among  the

roving, gathering, separating millions  of India. 

At night his antelope skin was spread where the darkness  overtook  himsometimes in a Sunnyasi monastery

by the roadside;  sometimes by a  mudpillar shrine of Kala Pir, where the Jogis,  who are another misty

division of holy men, would receive him as  they do those who know what  castes and divisions are worth;

sometimes on the outskirts of a little  Hindu village, where  the children would steal up with the food their

parents had  prepared; and sometimes on the pitch of the bare grazing  grounds, where the flame of his stick

fire waked the drowsy  camels.  It was all one to Purun Dassor Purun Bhagat, as he  called himself  now.

Earth, people, and food were all one. But  unconsciously his feet  drew him away northward and eastward;

from the south to Rohtak; from  Rohtak to Kurnool; from Kurnool  to ruined Samanah, and then upstream

along the dried bed of the  Gugger river that fills only when the rain  falls in the hills,  till one day he saw the


The Second Jungle Book

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT 13



Top




Page No 16


far line of the great  Himalayas. 

Then Purun Bhagat smiled, for he remembered that his mother was  of  Rajput Brahmin birth, from Kulu

waya Hillwoman, always  homesick  for the snowsand that the least touch of Hill blood  draws a man

in  the end back to where he belongs. 

"Yonder," said Purun Bhagat, breasting the lower slopes of  the  Sewaliks, where the cacti stand up like

sevenbranched  candlesticks"yonder I shall sit down and get knowledge";  and the  cool wind of the

Himalayas whistled about his ears  as he trod the road  that led to Simla. 

The last time he had come that way it had been in state, with  a  clattering cavalry escort, to visit the gentlest

and most  affable of  Viceroys; and the two had talked for an hour together  about mutual  friends in London,

and what the Indian common folk  really thought of  things. This time Purun Bhagat paid no calls,  but leaned

on the rail  of the Mall, watching that glorious view  of the Plains spread out  forty miles below, till a native

Mohammedan policeman told him he was  obstructing traffic; and  Purun Bhagat salaamed reverently to the

Law,  because he knew the  value of it, and was seeking for a Law of his own.  Then he moved  on, and slept

that night in an empty hut at Chota Simla,  which  looks like the very last end of the earth, but it was only the

beginning of his journey. He followed the HimalayaThibet road,  the  little tenfoot track that is blasted out

of solid rock,  or strutted  out on timbers over gulfs a thousand feet deep;  that dips into warm,  wet, shutin

valleys, and climbs out  across bare, grassy  hillshoulders where the sun strikes like  a burningglass; or turns

through dripping, dark forests where  the treeferns dress the trunks  from head to heel, and the  pheasant calls

to his mate. And he met  Thibetan herdsmen with  their dogs and flocks of sheep, each sheep with  a little bag

of  borax on his back, and wandering woodcutters, and  cloaked and  blanketed Lamas from Thibet, coming

into India on  pilgrimage,  and envoys of little solitary Hillstates, posting  furiously on  ringstreaked and

piebald ponies, or the cavalcade of a  Rajah  paying a visit; or else for a long, clear day he would see  nothing

more than a black bear grunting and rooting below in the  valley. When he first started, the roar of the world

he had left  still rang in his ears, as the roar of a tunnel rings long after  the  train has passed through; but when

he had put the Mutteeanee  Pass  behind him that was all done, and Purun Bhagat was alone  with himself,

walking, wondering, and thinking, his eyes on the  ground, and his  thoughts with the clouds. 

One evening he crossed the highest pass he had met till thenit  had been a twoday's climband came out

on a line of snowpeaks  that  banded all the horizonmountains from fifteen to twenty  thousand feet  high,

looking almost near enough to hit with a  stone, though they were  fifty or sixty miles away. The pass was

crowned with dense, dark  forestdeodar, walnut, wild cherry,  wild olive, and wild pear, but  mostly deodar,

which is the  Himalayan cedar; and under the shadow of  the deodars stood a  deserted shrine to Kaliwho is

Durga, who is  Sitala, who is  sometimes worshipped against the smallpox. 

Purun Dass swept the stone floor clean, smiled at the grinning  statue, made himself a little mud fireplace at

the back of the  shrine, spread his antelope skin on a bed of fresh pineneedles,  tucked his bairagihis

brasshandled crutchunder his armpit,  and  sat down to rest. 

Immediately below him the hillside fell away, clean and cleared  for fifteen hundred feet, where a little village

of stonewalled  houses, with roofs of beaten earth, clung to the steep tilt.  All  round it the tiny terraced fields

lay out like aprons of  patchwork on  the knees of the mountain, and cows no bigger than  beetles grazed

between the smooth stone circles of the  threshingfloors. Looking  across the valley, the eye was  deceived by

the size of things, and  could not at first realise  that what seemed to be low scrub, on the  opposite mountain

flank, was in truth a forest of hundredfoot pines.  Purun Bhagat  saw an eagle swoop across the gigantic

hollow, but the  great  bird dwindled to a dot ere it was halfway over. A few bands of  scattered clouds strung

up and down the valley, catching on a  shoulder of the hills, or rising up and dying out when they were  level

with the head of the pass. And "Here shall I find peace,"  said  Purun Bhagat. 


The Second Jungle Book

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT 14



Top




Page No 17


Now, a Hillman makes nothing of a few hundred feet up or down,  and as soon as the villagers saw the

smoke in the deserted  shrine,  the village priest climbed up the terraced hillside to  welcome the  stranger. 

When he met Purun Bhagat's eyesthe eyes of a man used to  control  thousandshe bowed to the earth,

took the beggingbowl  without a  word, and returned to the village, saying, "We have at  last a holy  man.

Never have I seen such a man. He is of the  Plainsbut  palecoloureda Brahmin of the Brahmins." Then

all  the housewives of  the village said, "Think you he will stay with  us?" and each did her  best to cook the

most savoury meal for the  Bhagat. Hillfood is very  simple, but with buckwheat and Indian  corn, and rice

and red pepper,  and little fish out of the stream  in the valley, and honey from the  fluelike hives built in the

stone walls, and dried apricots, and  turmeric, and wild ginger,  and bannocks of flour, a devout woman can

make good things, and  it was a full bowl that the priest carried to  the Bhagat. Was  he going to stay? asked the

priest. Would he need a  chela  a discipleto beg for him? Had he a blanket against the cold  weather? Was

the food good? 

Purun Bhagat ate, and thanked the giver. It was in his mind to  stay. That was sufficient, said the priest. Let

the beggingbowl  be  placed outside the shrine, in the hollow made by those two  twisted  roots, and daily

should the Bhagat be fed; for the  village felt  honoured that such a manhe looked timidly into  the Bhagat's

faceshould tarry among them. 

That day saw the end of Purun Bhagat's wanderings. He had come  to  the place appointed for himthe

silence and the space. After  this,  time stopped, and he, sitting at the mouth of the shrine,  could not  tell

whether he were alive or dead; a man with control  of his limbs,  or a part of the hills, and the clouds, and the

shifting rain and  sunlight. He would repeat a Name softly to  himself a hundred hundred  times, till, at each

repetition, he  seemed to move more and more out  of his body, sweeping up to the  doors of some tremendous

discovery;  but, just as the door was  opening, his body would drag him back, and,  with grief, he felt  he was

locked up again in the flesh and bones of  Purun Bhagat. 

Every morning the filled beggingbowl was laid silently in the  crutch of the roots outside the shrine.

Sometimes the priest  brought  it; sometimes a Ladakhi trader, lodging in the village,  and anxious to  get merit,

trudged up the path; but, more often,  it was the woman who  had cooked the meal overnight; and she  would

murmur, hardly above her  breath. "Speak for me before the  gods, Bhagat. Speak for such a one,  the wife of

soandso!"  Now and then some bold child would be allowed  the honour, and  Purun Bhagat would hear him

drop the bowl and run as  fast as his  little legs could carry him, but the Bhagat never came  down to  the village.

It was laid out like a map at his feet. He could  see the evening gatherings, held on the circle of the threshing

floors, because that was the only level ground; could see the  wonderful unnamed green of the young rice, the

indigo blues of  the  Indian corn, the docklike patches of buckwheat, and, in its  season,  the red bloom of the

amaranth, whose tiny seeds, being  neither grain  nor pulse, make a food that can be lawfully eaten  by Hindus

in time of  fasts. 

When the year turned, the roofs of the huts were all little  squares of purest gold, for it was on the roofs that

they  laid out  their cobs of the corn to dry. Hiving and harvest,  ricesowing and  husking, passed before his

eyes, all embroidered  down there on the  manysided plots of fields, and he thought of  them all, and

wondered  what they all led to at the long last. 

Even in populated India a man cannot a day sit still before the  wild things run over him as though he were a

rock; and in that  wilderness very soon the wild things, who knew Kali's Shrine  well,  came back to look at the

intruder. The langurs, the big  graywhiskered  monkeys of the Himalayas, were, naturally, the  first, for they

are  alive with curiosity; and when they had  upset the beggingbowl, and  rolled it round the floor, and  tried

their teeth on the brasshandled  crutch, and made faces  at the antelope skin, they decided that the  human

being who  sat so still was harmless. At evening, they would leap  down  from the pines, and beg with their

hands for things to eat,  and  then swing off in graceful curves. They liked the warmth  of the fire,  too, and


The Second Jungle Book

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT 15



Top




Page No 18


huddled round it till Purun Bhagat had  to push them aside to  throw on more fuel; and in the morning,  as often

as not, he would find  a furry ape sharing his blanket.  All day long, one or other of the  tribe would sit by his

side,  staring out at the snows, crooning and  looking unspeakably wise  and sorrowful. 

After the monkeys came the barasingh, that big deer which is  like  our red deer, but stronger. He wished to rub

off the velvet  of his  horns against the cold stones of Kali's statue, and  stamped his feet  when he saw the man

at the shrine. But Purun  Bhagat never moved, and,  little by little, the royal stag edged  up and nuzzled his

shoulder.  Purun Bhagat slid one cool hand  along the hot antlers, and the touch  soothed the fretted beast,  who

bowed his head, and Purun Bhagat very  softly rubbed and  ravelled off the velvet. Afterward, the barasingh

brought his  doe and fawngentle things that mumbled on the holy man's  blanketor would come alone at

night, his eyes green in the  fireflicker, to take his share of fresh walnuts. At last, the  muskdeer, the shyest

and almost the smallest of the deerlets,  came,  too, her big rabbity ears erect; even brindled, silent

mushicknabha  must needs find out what the light in the shrine  meant, and drop out  her mooselike nose into

Purun Bhagat's lap,  coming and going with the  shadows of the fire. Purun Bhagat  called them all "my

brothers," and  his low call of "Bhai! Bhai!"  would draw them from the forest at noon  if they were within ear

shot. The Himalayan black bear, moody and  suspiciousSona, who  has the Vshaped white mark under his

chinpassed that way more  than once; and since the Bhagat showed no  fear, Sona showed no  anger, but

watched him, and came closer, and  begged a share of  the caresses, and a dole of bread or wild berries.  Often,

in the  still dawns, when the Bhagat would climb to the very  crest of  the pass to watch the red day walking

along the peaks of the  snows, he would find Sona shuffling and grunting at his heels,  thrusting, a curious

forepaw under fallen trunks, and bringing  it  away with a WHOOF of impatience; or his early steps would

wake Sona  where he lay curled up, and the great brute, rising  erect, would think  to fight, till he heard the

Bhagat's voice  and knew his best friend. 

Nearly all hermits and holy men who live apart from the big  cities  have the reputation of being able to work

miracles with  the wild  things, but all the miracle lies in keeping still, in  never making a  hasty movement, and,

for a long time, at least,  in never looking  directly at a visitor. The villagers saw the  outline of the barasingh

stalking like a shadow through the  dark forest behind the shrine; saw  the minaul, the Himalayan  pheasant,

blazing in her best colours before  Kali's statue;  and the langurs on their haunches, inside, playing with  the

walnut shells. Some of the children, too, had heard Sona singing  to himself, bearfashion, behind the fallen

rocks, and the  Bhagat's  reputation as miracleworker stood firm. 

Yet nothing was farther from his mind than miracles. He believed  that all things were one big Miracle, and

when a man knows that  much  he knows something to go upon. He knew for a certainty that  there was  nothing

great and nothing little in this world: and  day and night he  strove to think out his way into the heart of  things,

back to the  place whence his soul had come. 

So thinking, his untrimmed hair fell down about his shoulders,  the  stone slab at the side of the antelope skin

was dented into  a little  hole by the foot of his brasshandled crutch, and the  place between  the treetrunks,

where the beggingbowl rested day  after day, sunk and  wore into a hollow almost as smooth as the  brown

shell itself; and  each beast knew his exact place at the  fire. The fields changed their  colours with the seasons;

the  threshingfloors filled and emptied, and  filled again and again;  and again and again, when winter came,

the  langurs frisked among  the branches feathered with light snow, till the  mothermonkeys  brought their

sadeyed little babies up from the warmer  valleys  with the spring. There were few changes in the village. The

priest was older, and many of the little children who used to  come  with the beggingdish sent their own

children now; and when  you asked  of the villagers how long their holy man had lived in  Kali's Shrine at  the

head of the pass, they answered, "Always." 

Then came such summer rains as had not been known in the Hills  for  many seasons. Through three good

months the valley was  wrapped in  cloud and soaking miststeady, unrelenting downfall,  breaking off  into

thundershower after thundershower. Kali's  Shrine stood above  the clouds, for the most part, and there was


The Second Jungle Book

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT 16



Top




Page No 19


a whole month in which  the Bhagat never caught a glimpse of his  village. It was packed away  under a white

floor of cloud that  swayed and shifted and rolled on  itself and bulged upward, but  never broke from its

piersthe  streaming flanks of the valley. 

All that time he heard nothing but the sound of a million little  waters, overhead from the trees, and underfoot

along the ground,  soaking through the pineneedles, dripping from the tongues of  draggled fern, and spouting

in newlytorn muddy channels down  the  slopes. Then the sun came out, and drew forth the good  incense of

the  deodars and the rhododendrons, and that faroff,  clean smell which the  Hill people call "the smell of the

snows."  The hot sunshine lasted for  a week, and then the rains gathered  together for their last downpour,  and

the water fell in sheets  that flayed off the skin of the ground  and leaped back in mud.  Purun Bhagat heaped

his fire high that night,  for he was sure  his brothers would need warmth; but never a beast came  to the  shrine,

though he called and called till he dropped asleep,  wondering what had happened in the woods. 

It was in the black heart of the night, the rain drumming like a  thousand drums, that he was roused by a

plucking at his blanket,  and,  stretching out, felt the little hand of a langur. "It is  better here  than in the trees,"

he said sleepily, loosening a  fold of blanket;  "take it and be warm." The monkey caught his  hand and pulled

hard. "Is  it food, then?" said Purun Bhagat.  "Wait awhile, and I will prepare  some." As he kneeled to throw

fuel on the fire the langur ran to the  door of the shrine,  crooned and ran back again, plucking at the man's

knee. 

"What is it? What is thy trouble, Brother?" said Purun Bhagat,  for  the langur's eyes were full of things that he

could not  tell. "Unless  one of thy caste be in a trapand none set traps  hereI will not go  into that weather.

Look, Brother, even the  barasingh comes for  shelter!" 

The deer's antlers clashed as he strode into the shrine, clashed  against the grinning statue of Kali. He lowered

them in Purun  Bhagat's direction and stamped uneasily, hissing through his  halfshut nostrils. 

"Hai! Hai! Hai!" said the Bhagat, snapping his fingers, "Is THIS  payment for a night's lodging?" But the deer

pushed him toward  the  door, and as he did so Purun Bhagat heard the sound of  something  opening with a

sigh, and saw two slabs of the floor  draw away from  each other, while the sticky earth below smacked  its lips. 

"Now I see," said Purun Bhagat. "No blame to my brothers that  they  did not sit by the fire tonight. The

mountain is falling.  And yet  why should I go?" His eye fell on the empty begging  bowl, and his  face

changed. "They have given me good food daily  sincesince I came,  and, if I am not swift, tomorrow there

will not be one mouth in the  valley. Indeed, I must go and warn  them below. Back there, Brother!  Let me get

to the fire." 

The barasingh backed unwillingly as Purun Bhagat drove a pine  torch deep into the flame, twirling it till it

was well lit.  "Ah! ye  came to warn me," he said, rising. "Better than that we  shall do;  better than that. Out,

now, and lend me thy neck,  Brother, for I have  but two feet." 

He clutched the bristling withers of the barasingh with his  right  hand, held the torch away with his left, and

stepped out  of the shrine  into the desperate night. There was no breath of  wind, but the rain  nearly drowned

the flare as the great deer  hurried down the slope,  sliding on his haunches. As soon as they  were clear of the

forest more  of the Bhagat's brothers joined  them. He heard, though he could not  see, the langurs pressing

about him, and behind them the uhh! uhh! of  Sona. The rain  matted his long white hair into ropes; the water

splashed  beneath his bare feet, and his yellow robe clung to his frail  old body, but he stepped down steadily,

leaning against the  barasingh. He was no longer a holy man, but Sir Purun Dass,  K.C.I.E.,  Prime Minister of

no small State, a man accustomed  to command, going  out to save life. Down the steep, plashy path  they

poured all  together, the Bhagat and his brothers, down and  down till the deer's  feet clicked and stumbled on

the wall of a  threshingfloor, and he  snorted because he smelt Man. Now they  were at the head of the one


The Second Jungle Book

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT 17



Top




Page No 20


crooked village street, and the  Bhagat beat with his crutch on the  barred windows of the  blacksmith's house,

as his torch blazed up in  the shelter of  the eaves. "Up and out!" cried Purun Bhagat; and he did  not  know his

own voice, for it was years since he had spoken aloud  to  a man. "The hill falls! The hill is falling! Up and out,

oh,  you  within!" 

"It is our Bhagat," said the blacksmith's wife. He stands among  his beasts. Gather the little ones and give the

call." 

It ran from house to house, while the beasts, cramped in the  narrow way, surged and huddled round the

Bhagat, and Sona  puffed  impatiently. 

The people hurried into the streetthey were no more than  seventy  souls all toldand in the glare of the

torches they  saw their Bhagat  holding back the terrified barasingh, while  the monkeys plucked  piteously at

his skirts, and Sona sat on  his haunches and roared. 

"Across the valley and up the next hill!" shouted Purun Bhagat.  "Leave none behind! We follow!" 

Then the people ran as only Hill folk can run, for they knew  that  in a landslip you must climb for the highest

ground across  the valley.  They fled, splashing through the little river at  the bottom, and  panted up the terraced

fields on the far side,  while the Bhagat and  his brethren followed. Up and up the  opposite mountain they

climbed,  calling to each other by name  the rollcall of the villageand at  their heels toiled the big

barasingh, weighted by the failing strength  of Purun Bhagat.  At last the deer stopped in the shadow of a deep

pinewood, five  hundred feet up the hillside. His instinct, that had  warned him  of the coming slide, told him he

would he safe here. 

Purun Bhagat dropped fainting by his side, for the chill of the  rain and that fierce climb were killing him; but

first he called  to  the scattered torches ahead, "Stay and count your numbers";  then,  whispering to the deer as

he saw the lights gather in a  cluster: "Stay  with me, Brother. StaytillIgo!" 

There was a sigh in the air that grew to a mutter, and a mutter  that grew to a roar, and a roar that passed all

sense of  hearing, and  the hillside on which the villagers stood was hit  in the darkness, and  rocked to the blow.

Then a note as steady,  deep, and true as the deep  C of the organ drowned everything for  perhaps five minutes,

while the  very roots of the pines quivered  to it. It died away, and the sound of  the rain falling on miles  of hard

ground and grass changed to the  muffled drum of water on  soft earth. That told its own tale. 

Never a villagernot even the priestwas bold enough to speak  to  the Bhagat who had saved their lives.

They crouched under the  pines  and waited till the day. When it came they looked across  the valley  and saw

that what had been forest, and terraced  field, and  trackthreaded grazingground was one raw, red,

fanshaped smear, with  a few trees flung headdown on the scarp.  That red ran high up the  hill of their

refuge, damming back the  little river, which had begun  to spread into a brickcoloured  lake. Of the village, of

the road to  the shrine, of the shrine  itself, and the forest behind, there was no  trace. For one mile  in width and

two thousand feet in sheer depth the  mountainside  had come away bodily, planed clean from head to heel. 

And the villagers, one by one, crept through the wood to pray  before their Bhagat. They saw the barasingh

standing over him,  who  fled when they came near, and they heard the langurs wailing  in the  branches, and

Sona moaning up the hill; but their Bhagat  was dead,  sitting crosslegged, his back against a tree, his  crutch

under his  armpit, and his face turned to the northeast. 

The priest said: "Behold a miracle after a miracle, for in this  very attitude must all Sunnyasis be buried!

Therefore where he  now is  we will build the temple to our holy man." 


The Second Jungle Book

THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT 18



Top




Page No 21


They built the temple before a year was endeda little stone  andearth shrineand they called the hill the

Bhagat's hill,  and  they worship there with lights and flowers and offerings to  this day.  But they do not know

that the saint of their worship  is the late Sir  Purun Dass, K.C.I.E., D.C.L., Ph.D., etc., once  Prime Minister of

the  progressive and enlightened State of  Mohiniwala, and honorary or  corresponding member of more

learned  and scientific societies than  will ever do any good in this  world or the next. 

A SONG OF KABIR

Oh, light was the world that he weighed in his hands!

Oh, heavy the tale of his fiefs and his lands!

He has gone from the guddee and put on the shroud,

And departed in guise of bairagi avowed!

Now the white road to Delhi is mat for his feet,

The sal and the kikar must guard him from heat;

His home is the camp, and the waste, and the crowd

He is seeking the Way as bairagi avowed!

He has looked upon Man, and his eyeballs are clear

(There was One; there is One, and but One, saith Kabir);

The Red Mist of Doing has thinned to a cloud

He has taken the Path for bairagi avowed!

To learn and discern of his brother the clod,

Of his brother the brute, and his brother the God.

He has gone from the council and put on the shroud

("Can ye hear?" saith Kabir), a bairagi avowed!

LETTING IN THE JUNGLE

Veil them, cover them, wall them round  Blossom, and creeper, and  weed  Let us forget the sight and the

sound,  The smell and the touch  of the breed! 

Fat black ash by the altarstone,  Here is the whitefoot rain,  And the does bring forth in the fields unsown,

And none shall  affright them again;  And the blind walls crumble, unknown, o'erthrown  And none shall

inhabit again! 

You will remember that after Mowgli had pinned Shere Khan's hide  to the Council Rock, he told as many as

were left of the Seeonee  Pack  that henceforward he would hunt in the Jungle alone; and  the four  children of

Mother and Father Wolf said that they would  hunt with him.  But it is not easy to change one's life all in  a

minuteparticularly  in the Jungle. The first thing Mowgli  did, when the disorderly Pack  had slunk off, was

to go to the  homecave, and sleep for a day and a  night. Then he told Mother  Wolf and Father Wolf as much

as they could  understand of his  adventures among men; and when he made the morning  sun flicker  up and

down the blade of his skinningknife,the same he  had  skinned Shere Khan with,they said he had

learned something.  Then Akela and Gray Brother had to explain their share of the  great  buffalodrive in the

ravine, and Baloo toiled up the  hill to hear all  about it, and Bagheera scratched himself all  over with pure

delight at  the way in which Mowgli had managed  his war. 

It was long after sunrise, but no one dreamed of going to sleep,  and from time to time, during the talk, Mother

Wolf would throw  up  her head, and sniff a deep snuff of satisfaction as the wind  brought  her the smell of the

tigerskin on the Council Rock. 

"But for Akela and Gray Brother here," Mowgli said, at the end,  "I  could have done nothing. Oh, mother,

mother! if thou hadst  seen the  black herdbulls pour down the ravine, or hurry through  the gates when  the


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 19



Top




Page No 22


ManPack flung stones at me!" 

"I am glad I did not see that last," said Mother Wolf stiffly.  "It  is not MY custom to suffer my cubs to be

driven to and fro  like  jackals. _I_ would have taken a price from the ManPack;  but I would  have spared the

woman who gave thee the milk. Yes,  I would have spared  her alone." 

"Peace, peace, Raksha!" said Father Wolf, lazily. "Our Frog has  come back againso wise that his own

father must lick his feet;  and  what is a cut, more or less, on the head? Leave Men alone.  "Baloo and  Bagheera

both echoed: "Leave Men alone." 

Mowgli, his head on Mother Wolf's side, smiled contentedly, and  said that, for his own part, he never wished

to see, or hear, or  smell Man again. 

"But what," said Akela, cocking one ear"but what if men do not  leave thee alone, Little Brother?" 

"We be FIVE," said Gray Brother, looking round at the company,  and  snapping his jaws on the last word. 

"We also might attend to that hunting," said Bagheera, with a  little switchswitch of his tail, looking at

Baloo. "But why  think of  men now, Akela?" 

"For this reason," the Lone Wolf answered: "when that yellow  chief's hide was hung up on the rock, I went

back along our  trail to  the village, stepping in my tracks, turning aside, and  lying down, to  make a mixed trail

in case one should follow us.  But when I had fouled  the trail so that I myself hardly knew it  again, Mang, the

Bat, came  hawking between the trees, and hung  up above me. Said Mang, "The  village of the ManPack,

where they  cast out the Mancub, hums like a  hornet's nest." 

"It was a big stone that I threw," chuckled Mowgli, who had often  amused  himself by throwing ripe

pawpaws into a hornet's  nest, and  racing off to the nearest pool before the hornets  caught him. 

"I asked of Mang what he had seen. He said that the Red Flower  blossomed at the gate of the village, and

men sat about it  carrying  guns. Now _I_ know, for I have good cause,"Akela  looked down at the  old dry

scars on his flank and side,"that  men do not carry guns for  pleasure. Presently, Little Brother,  a man with a

gun follows our  trailif, indeed, he be not  already on it." 

"But why should he? Men have cast me out. What more do they  need?"  said Mowgli angrily. 

"Thou art a man, Little Brother," Akela returned. "It is not  for  US, the Free Hunters, to tell thee what thy

brethren do,  or why." 

He had just time to snatch up his paw as the skinningknife cut  deep into the ground below. Mowgli struck

quicker than an  average  human eye could follow but Akela was a wolf; and even a  dog, who is  very far

removed from the wild wolf, his ancestor,  can be waked out of  deep sleep by a cartwheel touching his  flank,

and can spring away  unharmed before that wheel comes on. 

"Another time," Mowgli said quietly, returning the knife to its  sheath, "speak of the ManPack and of

Mowgli in TWO breaths  not  one." 

"Phff! That is a sharp tooth," said Akela, snuffing at the  blade's  cut in the earth, "but living with the

ManPack has  spoiled thine eye,  Little Brother. I could have killed a buck  while thou wast striking." 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 20



Top




Page No 23


Bagheera sprang to his feet, thrust up his head as far as he  could, sniffed, and stiffened through every curve in

his body.  Gray  Brother followed his example quickly, keeping a little  to his left to  get the wind that was

blowing from the right,  while Akela bounded  fifty yards up wind, and, halfcrouching,  stiffened too. Mowgli

looked  on enviously. He could smell things  as very few human beings could,  but he had never reached the

hairtriggerlike sensitiveness of a  Jungle nose; and his three  months in the smoky village had set him  back

sadly. However,  he dampened his finger, rubbed it on his nose,  and stood erect  to catch the upper scent,

which, though it is the  faintest,  is the truest. 

"Man!" Akela growled, dropping on his haunches. 

"Buldeo!" said Mowgli, sitting down. "He follows our trail, and  yonder is the sunlight on his gun. Look!" 

It was no more than a splash of sunlight, for a fraction of a  second, on the brass clamps of the old Tower

musket, but nothing  in  the Jungle winks with just that flash, except when the clouds  race  over the sky. Then a

piece of mica, or a little pool, or  even a  highlypolished leaf will flash like a heliograph. But  that day was

cloudless and still. 

"I knew men would follow," said Akela triumphantly. "Not for  nothing have I led the Pack." 

The four cubs said nothing, but ran down hill on their  bellies,  melting into the thorn and underbrush as a

mole  melts into a lawn. 

"Where go ye, and without word?" Mowgli called. 

"H'sh! We roll his skull here before midday!" Gray Brother  answered. 

"Back! Back and wait! Man does not eat Man!" Mowgli shrieked. 

"Who was a wolf but now? Who drove the knife at me for thinking  he  might be Man?" said Akela, as the four

wolves turned back  sullenly and  dropped to heel. 

"Am I to give reason for all I choose to, do?" said Mowgli  furiously. 

"That is Man! There speaks Man!" Bagheera muttered under his  whiskers. "Even so did men talk round the

King's cages at  Oodeypore.  We of the Jungle know that Man is wisest of all.  If we trusted our  ears we should

know that of all things he  is most foolish." Raising  his voice, he added, "The Mancub is  right in this. Men

hunt in packs.  To kill one, unless we know  what the others will do, is bad hunting.  Come, let us see what  this

Man means toward us." 

"We will not come," Gray Brother growled. "Hunt alone, Little  Brother. WE know our own minds. The skull

would have been ready  to  bring by now." 

Mowgli had been looking from one to the other of his friends,  his  chest heaving and his eyes full of tears. He

strode forward  to the  wolves, and, dropping on one knee, said: "Do I not know  my mind? Look  at me!" 

They looked uneasily, and when their eyes wandered, he called  them  back again and again, till their hair

stood up all over  their bodies,  and they trembled in every limb, while Mowgli  stared and stared. 

"Now," said he, "of us five, which is leader?" 

"Thou art leader, Little Brother," said Gray Brother, and he  licked Mowgli's foot. 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 21



Top




Page No 24


"Follow, then," said Mowgli, and the four followed at his heels  with their tails between their legs. 

"This comes of living with the ManPack," said Bagheera,  slipping  down after them. "There is more in the

Jungle now  than Jungle Law,  Baloo." 

The old bear said nothing, but he thought many things. 

Mowgli cut across noiselessly through the Jungle, at right  angles  to Buldeo's path, till, parting the

undergrowth, he saw  the old man,  his musket on his shoulder, running up the trail  of overnight at a  dogtrot. 

You will remember that Mowgli had left the village with the  heavy  weight of Shere Khan's raw hide on his

shoulders, while  Akela and Gray  Brother trotted behind, so that the triple trail  was very clearly  marked.

Presently Buldeo came to where Akela,  as you know, had gone  back and mixed it all up. Then he sat  down,

and coughed and grunted,  and made little casts round and  about into the Jungle to pick it up  again, and, all the

time he  could have thrown a stone over those who  were watching him.  No one can be so silent as a wolf

when he does not  care to be  heard; and Mowgli, though the wolves thought he moved very  clumsily, could

come and go like a shadow. They ringed the old  man as  a school of porpoises ring a steamer at full speed, and

as they ringed  him they talked unconcernedly, for their speech  began below the lowest  end of the scale that

untrained human  beings can hear. [The other end  is bounded by the high squeak of  Mang, the Bat, which very

many people  cannot catch at all. From  that note all the bird and bat and insect  talk takes on.] 

"This is better than any kill," said Gray Brother, as Buldeo  stooped and peered and puffed. "He looks like a

lost pig in  the  Jungles by the river. What does he say?" Buldeo was  muttering  savagely. 

Mowgli translated. "He says that packs of wolves must have  danced  round me. He says that he never saw

such a trail in  his life. He says  he is tired." 

"He will be rested before he picks it up again," said Bagheera  coolly, as he slipped round a treetrunk, in the

game of  blindman'sbuff that they were playing. "NOW, what does the  lean  thing do?" 

"Eat or blow smoke out of his mouth. Men always play with their  mouths," said Mowgli; and the silent

trailers saw the old man  fill  and light and puff at a waterpipe, and they took good note  of the  smell of the

tobacco, so as to be sure of Buldeo in the  darkest night,  if necessary. 

Then a little knot of charcoalburners came down the path, and  naturally halted to speak to Buldeo, whose

fame as a hunter  reached  for at least twenty miles round. They all sat down and  smoked, and  Bagheera and

the others came up and watched while  Buldeo began to tell  the story of Mowgli, the Devilchild,  from one

end to another, with  additions and inventions. How he  himself had really killed Shere Khan;  and how Mowgli

had turned  himself into a wolf, and fought with him all  the afternoon, and  changed into a boy again and

bewitched Buldeo's  rifle, so that  the bullet turned the corner, when he pointed it at  Mowgli,  and killed one of

Buldeo's own buffaloes; and how the village,  knowing him to be the bravest hunter in Seeonee, had sent him

out to  kill this Devilchild. But meantime the village had got  hold of Messua  and her husband, who were

undoubtedly the father  and mother of this  Devilchild, and had barricaded them in  their own hut, and

presently  would torture them to make them  confess they were witch and wizard,  and then they would be

burned to death. 

"When?" said the charcoalburners, because they would very much  like to be present at the ceremony. 

Buldeo said that nothing would be done till he returned,  because  the village wished him to kill the Jungle Boy

first.  After that they  would dispose of Messua and her husband, and  divide their lands and  buffaloes among

the village. Messua's  husband had some remarkably fine  buffaloes, too. It was an  excellent thing to destroy


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 22



Top




Page No 25


wizards, Buldeo  thought; and people  who entertained Wolfchildren out of the Jungle  were clearly  the worst

kind of witches. 

But, said the charcoalburners, what would happen if the English  heard of it? The English, they had heard,

were a perfectly mad  people, who would not let honest farmers kill witches in peace. 

Why, said Buldeo, the headman of the village would report that  Messua and her husband had died of

snakebite. THAT was all  arranged,  and the only thing now was to kill the Wolfchild.  They did not happen

to have seen anything of such a creature? 

The charcoalburners looked round cautiously, and thanked their  stars they had not; but they had no doubt

that so brave a man as  Buldeo would find him if any one could. The sun was getting  rather  low, and they had

an idea that they would push on to  Buldeo's village  and see that wicked witch. Buldeo said that,  though it was

his duty to  kill the Devilchild, he could not  think of letting a party of unarmed  men go through the Jungle,

which might produce the Wolfdemon at any  minute, without his  escort. He, therefore, would accompany

them, and  if the  sorcerer's child appearedwell, he would show them how the  best  hunter in Seeonee dealt

with such things. The Brahmin, he said,  had given him a charm against the creature that made everything

perfectly safe. 

"What says he? What says he? What says he?" the wolves repeated  every few minutes; and Mowgli translated

until he came to the  witch  part of the story, which was a little beyond him, and  then he said  that the man and

woman who had been so kind to him  were trapped. 

"Does Man trap Man?" said Bagheera. 

"So he says. I cannot understand the talk. They are all mad  together. What have Messua and her man to do

with me that they  should  be put in a trap; and what is all this talk about the  Red Flower? I  must look to this.

Whatever they would do to  Messua they will not do  till Buldeo returns. And so" Mowgli  thought hard,

with his fingers  playing round the haft of the  skinningknife, while Buldeo and the  charcoalburners went

off  very valiantly in single file. 

"I go hotfoot back to the ManPack," Mowgli said at last. 

"And those?" said Gray Brother, looking hungrily after the brown  backs of the charcoalburners. 

"Sing them home," said Mowgli, with a grin; I do not wish them  to  be at the village gates till it is dark. Can

ye hold them?" 

Gray Brother bared his white teeth in contempt. We can head them  round and round in circles like tethered

goatsif I know Man." 

"That I do not need. Sing to them a little, lest they be lonely  on  the road, and, Gray Brother, the song need not

be of the  sweetest. Go  with them, Bagheera, and help make that song.  When night is shut down,  meet me by

the villageGray Brother  knows the place." 

"It is no light hunting to work for a Mancub. When shall I  sleep?" said Bagheera, yawning, though his eyes

showed that he  was  delighted with the amusement. "Me to sing to naked men!  But let us  try." 

He lowered his head so that the sound would travel, and cried a  long, long, "Good hunting"a midnight call

in the afternoon,  which  was quite awful enough to begin with. Mowgli heard it  rumble, and  rise, and fall, and

die off in a creepy sort of  whine behind him, and  laughed to himself as he ran through the  Jungle. He could


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 23



Top




Page No 26


see the  charcoalburners huddled in a knot; old  Buldeo's gunbarrel waving,  like a bananaleaf, to every

point  of the compass at once. Then Gray  Brother gave the Yalahi!  Yalaha! call for the buckdriving, when

the  Pack drives the  nilghai, the big blue cow, before them, and it seemed  to come  from the very ends of the

earth, nearer, and nearer, and  nearer,  till it ended in a shriek snapped off short. The other three  answered, till

even Mowgli could have vowed that the full Pack  was in  full cry, and then they all broke into the magnificent

Morningsong in  the Jungle, with every turn, and flourish, and  gracenote that a  deepmouthed wolf of the

Pack knows. This is a  rough rendering of the  song, but you must imagine what it sounds  like when it breaks

the  afternoon hush of the Jungle: 

One moment past our bodies cast  No shadow on the plain;  Now clear  and black they stride our track,  And we

run home again.  In morning  hush, each rock and bush  Stands hard, and high, and raw:  Then give  the Call:

"Good rest to all  That keep The Jungle Law!" 

Now horn and pelt our peoples melt  In covert to abide;  Now,  crouched and still, to cave and hill  Our Jungle

Barons glide.  Now,  stark and plain, Man's oxen strain,  That draw the newyoked plough;  Now, stripped and

dread, the dawn is red  Above the lit talao. 

Ho! Get to lair! The sun's aflare  Behind the breathing grass:  And  cracking through the young bamboo  The

warning whispers pass.  By day  made strange, the woods we range  With blinking eyes we scan;  While  down

the skies the wild duck cries  "The Daythe Day to Man!" 

The dew is dried that drenched our hide  Or washed about our way;  And where we drank, the puddled bank  Is

crisping into clay.  The  traitor Dark gives up each mark  Of stretched or hooded claw;  Then  hear the Call:

"Good rest to all  That keep the Jungle Law!" 

But no translation can give the effect of it, or the yelping  scorn  the Four threw into every word of it, as they

heard the  trees crash  when the men hastily climbed up into the branches,  and Buldeo began  repeating

incantations and charms. Then they  lay down and slept, for,  like all who live by their own  exertions, they

were of a methodical  cast of mind; and no one  can work well without sleep. 

Meantime, Mowgli was putting the miles behind him, nine to the  hour, swinging on, delighted to find himself

so fit after all  his  cramped months among men. The one idea in his head was to  get Messua  and her husband

out of the trap, whatever it was;  for he had a natural  mistrust of traps. Later on, he promised  himself, he

would pay his  debts to the village at large. 

It was at twilight when he saw the wellremembered grazing  grounds, and the dhaktree where Gray

Brother had waited for him  on  the morning that he killed Shere Khan. Angry as he was at the  whole  breed

and community of Man, something jumped up in his  throat and made  him catch his breath when he looked at

the  village roofs.  He noticed  that every one had come in from the  fields unusually early, and that,  instead of

getting to their  evening cooking, they gathered in a crowd  under the village  tree, and chattered, and shouted. 

"Men must always he making traps for men, or they are not  content," said Mowgli. "Last night it was

Mowglibut that  night  seems many Rains ago. Tonight it is Messua and her man.  Tomorrow,  and for

very many nights after, it will be Mowgli's  turn again." 

He crept along outside the wall till he came to Messua's hut,  and  looked through the window into the room.

There lay Messua,  gagged, and  bound hand and foot, breathing hard, and groaning:  her husband was  tied to

the gailypainted bedstead. The door of  the hut that opened  into the street was shut fast, and three or  four

people were sitting  with their backs to it. 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 24



Top




Page No 27


Mowgli knew the manners and customs of the villagers very  fairly.  He argued that so long as they could eat,

and talk,  and smoke, they  would not do anything else; but as soon as  they had fed they would  begin to be

dangerous. Buldeo would be  coming in before long, and if  his escort had done its duty,  Buldeo would have a

very interesting  tale to tell. So he went  in through the window, and, stooping over the  man and the woman,

cut their thongs, pulling out the gags, and looked  round the hut  for some milk. 

Messua was half wild with pain and fear (she had been beaten  and  stoned all the morning), and Mowgli put

his hand over  her mouth just  in time to stop a scream. Her husband was only  bewildered and angry,  and sat

picking dust and things out of  his torn beard. 

"I knewI knew he would come," Messua sobbed at last. "Now do  I  KNOW that he is my son!" and she

hugged Mowgli to her heart.  Up to  that time Mowgli had been perfectly steady, but now he  began to  tremble

all over, and that surprised him immensely. 

"Why are these thongs? Why have they tied thee?" he asked,  after a  pause. 

"To be put to the death for making a son of theewhat else?"  said  the man sullenly. "Look! I bleed." 

Messua said nothing, but it was at her wounds that Mowgli  looked,  and they heard him grit his teeth when he

saw the blood. 

"Whose work is this?" said he. "There is a price to pay." 

"The work of all the village. I was too rich. I had too many  cattle. THEREFORE she and I are witches,

because we gave  thee  shelter." 

"I do not understand. Let Messua tell the tale." 

"I gave thee milk, Nathoo; dost thou remember?" Messua said  timidly. "Because thou wast my son, whom the

tiger took, and  because  I loved thee very dearly. They said that I was thy  mother, the mother  of a devil, and

therefore worthy of death." 

"And what is a devil?" said Mowgli. "Death I have seen." 

The man looked up gloomily, but Messua laughed. "See!" she said  to  her husband, "I knewI said that he

was no sorcerer. He is  my sonmy  son!" 

"Son or sorcerer, what good will that do us?" the man answered.  "We be as dead already." 

"Yonder is the road to the Jungle"Mowgli pointed through the  window. "Your hands and feet are free.  Go

now." 

"We do not know the Jungle, my son, asas thou knowest," Messua  began. "I do not think that I could walk

far." 

"And the men and women would he upon our backs and drag us here  again," said the husband. 

"H'm!" said Mowgli, and he tickled the palm of his hand with the  tip of his skinningknife; "I have no wish

to do harm to any one  of  this villageYET. But I do not think they will stay thee.  In a little  while they will

have much else to think upon. Ah!"  he lifted his head  and listened to shouting and trampling  outside. "So they

have let  Buldeo come home at last?" 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 25



Top




Page No 28


"He was sent out this morning to kill thee," Messua cried.  "Didst  thou meet him?" 

"YesweI met him. He has a tale to tell and while he is  telling  it there is time to do much. But first I will

learn  what they mean.  Think where ye would go, and tell me when  I come back." 

He bounded through the window and ran along again outside the  wall  of the village till he came within

earshot of the crowd  round the  peepultree. Buldeo was lying on the ground, coughing  and groaning,  and

every one was asking him questions. His hair  had fallen about his  shoulders; his hands and legs were skinned

from climbing up trees, and  he could hardly speak, but he felt  the importance of his position  keenly. From

time to time he  said something about devils and singing  devils, and magic  enchantment, just to give the

crowd a taste of what  was coming.  Then he called for water. 

"Bah!" said Mowgli. "Chatterchatter! Talk, talk! Men are  bloodbrothers of the Bandarlog. Now he must

wash his mouth  with  water; now he must blow smoke; and when all that is done  he has still  his story to tell.

They are very wise peoplemen.  They will leave no  one to guard Messua till their ears are  stuffed with

Buldeo's tales.  AndI grow as lazy as they!" 

He shook himself and glided back to the hut. Just as he was at  the  window he felt a touch on his foot. 

"Mother," said he, for he knew that tongue well, what dost  THOU  here?" 

"I heard my children singing through the woods, and I followed  the  one I loved best. Little Frog, I have a

desire to see  that woman who  gave thee milk," said Mother Wolf, all wet  with the dew. 

"They have bound and mean to kill her. I have cut those ties,  and  she goes with her man through the Jungle." 

"I also will follow. I am old, but not yet toothless." Mother  Wolf  reared herself up on end, and looked

through the window  into the dark  of the hut. 

In a minute she dropped noiselessly, and all she said was:  "I gave  thee thy first milk; but Bagheera speaks

truth:  Man goes to Man at the  last." 

"Maybe," said Mowgli, with a very unpleasant look on his face;  "but tonight I am very far from that trail.

Wait here, but do  not  let her see." 

"THOU wast never afraid of ME, Little Frog," said Mother Wolf,  backing into the high grass, and blotting

herself out, as she  knew  how. 

"And now," said Mowgli cheerfully, as he swung into the hut  again,  "they are all sitting round Buldeo, who is

saying that  which did not  happen. When his talk is finished, they say they  will assuredly come  here with the

Redwith fire and burn you  both. And then?" 

"I have spoken to my man," said Messua. Khanhiwara is thirty  miles  from here, but at Khanhiwara we may

find the English" 

"And what Pack are they?" said Mowgli. 

"I do not know. They be white, and it is said that they govern  all  the land, and do not suffer people to burn or

beat each  other without  witnesses. If we can get thither tonight, we  live. Otherwise we die." 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 26



Top




Page No 29


"Live, then. No man passes the gates tonight. But what does HE  do?" Messua's husband was on his hands

and knees digging up the  earth  in one corner of the hut. 

"It is his little money," said Messua. "We can take  nothing else." 

"Ah, yes. The stuff that passes from hand to hand and never  grows  warmer. Do they need it outside this place

also?"  said Mowgli. 

The man stared angrily. "He is a fool, and no devil," he  muttered.  With the money I can buy a horse. We are

too bruised  to walk far, and  the village will follow us in an hour." 

"I say they will NOT follow till I choose; but a horse is  well  thought of, for Messua is tired." Her husband

stood up  and knotted the  last of the rupees into his waistcloth.  Mowgli helped Messua through  the window,

and the cool night  air revived her, but the Jungle in the  starlight looked very dark  and terrible. 

"Ye know the trail to Khanhiwara?" Mowgli whispered. 

They nodded. 

'Good. Remember, now, not to be afraid. And there is no need to  go  quickly. Onlyonly there may be some

small singing in the  Jungle  behind you and before." 

"Think you we would have risked a night in the Jungle through  anything less than the fear of burning? It is

better to be  killed by  beasts than by men," said Messua's husband; but Messua  looked at  Mowgli and smiled. 

"I say," Mowgli went on, just as though he were Baloo repeating  an  old Jungle Law for the hundredth time to

a foolish cub  "I say that  not a tooth in the Jungle is bared against you;  not a foot in the  Jungle is lifted

against you. Neither man  nor beast shall stay you  till you come within eyeshot of  Khanhiwara. There will be

a watch  about you." He turned quickly  to Messua, saying, "HE does not believe,  but thou wilt believe?" 

"Ay, surely, my son. Man, ghost, or wolf of the Jungle,  I  believe." 

"HE will be afraid when he hears my people singing. Thou wilt  know  and understand. Go now, and slowly,

for there is no need of  any haste.  The gates are shut." 

Messua flung herself sobbing at Mowgli's feet, but he lifted her  very quickly with a shiver. Then she hung

about his neck and  called  him every name of blessing she could think of, but her  husband looked  enviously

across his fields, and said: "IF we  reach Khanhiwara, and I  get the ear of the English, I will bring  such a

lawsuit against the  Brahmin and old Buldeo and the others  as shall eat the village to the  bone. They shall pay

me twice  over for my crops untilled and my  buffaloes unfed. I will have  a great justice." 

Mowgli laughed. "I do not know what justice is, butcome next  Rains. and see what is left." 

They went off toward the Jungle, and Mother Wolf leaped from her  place of hiding. 

"Follow!" said Mowgli; "and look to it that all the Jungle knows  these two are safe. Give tongue a little. I

would call  Bagheera." 

The long, low howl rose and fell, and Mowgli saw Messua's  husband  flinch and turn, half minded to run back

to the hut. 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 27



Top




Page No 30


"Go on," Mowgli called cheerfully. "I said there might be  singing.  That call will follow up to Khanhiwara. It

is Favour  of the Jungle." 

Messua urged her husband forward, and the darkness shut down on  them and Mother Wolf as Bagheera rose

up almost under Mowgli's  feet,  trembling with delight of the night that drives the Jungle  People  wild. 

"I am ashamed of thy brethren," he said, purring. "What? Did  they  not sing sweetly to Buldeo?" said Mowgli. 

"Too well! Too well! They made even ME forget my pride, and,  by  the Broken Lock that freed me, I went

singing through the  Jungle as  though I were out wooing in the spring! Didst thou  not hear us?" 

"I had other game afoot. Ask Buldeo if he liked the song. But  where are the Four? I do not wish one of the

ManPack to leave  the  gates tonight." 

"What need of the Four, then?" said Bagheera, shifting from foot  to foot, his eyes ablaze, and purring louder

than ever. "I can  hold  them, Little Brother. Is it killing at last? The singing  and the sight  of the men climbing

up the trees have made me very  ready. Who is Man  that we should care for himthe naked brown  digger,

the hairless and  toothless, the eater of earth? I have  followed him all dayat  noonin the white sunlight. I

herded  him as the wolves herd buck. I  am Bagheera! Bagheera! Bagheera!  As I dance with my shadow, so

danced  I with those men. Look!"  The great panther leaped as a kitten leaps at  a dead leaf  whirling overhead,

struck left and right into the empty  air,  that sang under the strokes, landed noiselessly, and leaped  again and

again, while the half purr, half growl gathered head  as  steam rumbles in a boiler. "I am Bagheerain the

jungle  in the  night, and my strength is in me. Who shall stay my  stroke? Mancub,  with one blow of my

paw I could beat thy head  flat as a dead frog in  the summer!" 

"Strike, then!" said Mowgli, in the dialect of the village, NOT  the talk of the Jungle, and the human words

brought Bagheera to  a  full stop, flung back on haunches that quivered under him, his  head  just at the level of

Mowgli's. Once more Mowgli stared, as  he had  stared at the rebellious cubs, full into the berylgreen  eyes till

the  red glare behind their green went out like the  light of a lighthouse  shut off twenty miles across the sea;  till

the eyes dropped, and the  big head with themdropped  lower and lower, and the red rasp of a  tongue grated

on  Mowgli's instep. 

"BrotherBrotherBrother!" the boy whispered, stroking  steadily  and lightly from the neck along the

heaving back.  "Be still, be still!  It is the fault of the night, and no  fault of thine." 

"It was the smells of the night," said Bagheera penitently.  "This  air cries aloud to me. But how dost THOU

know?" 

Of course the air round an Indian village is full of all kinds  of  smells, and to any creature who does nearly all

his thinking  through  his nose, smells are as maddening as music and drugs are  to human  beings. Mowgli

gentled the panther for a few minutes  longer, and he  lay down like a cat before a fire, his paws  tucked under

his breast,  and his eyes half shut. 

"Thou art of the Jungle and NOT of the Jungle," he said at  last.  "And I am only a black panther. But I love

thee,  Little Brother." 

"They are very long at their talk under the tree," Mowgli said,  without noticing the last sentence. "Buldeo

must have told many  tales. They should come soon to drag the woman and her man out  of the  trap and put

them into the Red Flower. They will find  that trap  sprung. Ho! ho!" 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 28



Top




Page No 31


"Nay, listen," said Bagheera. "The fever is out of my blood now.  Let them find ME there! Few would leave

their houses after  meeting  me. It is not the first time I have been in a cage;  and I do not think  they will tie ME

with cords." 

"Be wise, then," said Mowgli, laughing; for he was beginning to  feel as reckless as the panther, who had

glided into the hut. 

"Pah!" Bagheera grunted. "This place is rank with Man, but here  is  just such a bed as they gave me to lie

upon in the King's  cages at  Oodeypore. Now I lie down." Mowgli heard the strings of  the cot crack  under the

great brute's weight. "By the Broken  Lock that freed me,  they will think they have caught big game!  Come

and sit beside me,  Little Brother; we will give them 'good  hunting' together!" 

"No; I have another thought in my stomach. The ManPack shall  not  know what share I have in the sport.

Make thine own hunt.  I do not  wish to see them." 

"Be it so," said Bagheera. "Ah, now they come!" 

The conference under the peepultree had been growing noisier  and  noisier, at the far end of the village. It

broke in wild  yells, and a  rush up the street of men and women, waving clubs  and bamboos and  sickles and

knives. Buldeo and the Brahmin were  at the head of it, but  the mob was close at their heels, and  they cried,

"The witch and the  wizard! Let us see if hot coins  will make them confess! Burn the hut  over their heads! We

will  teach them to shelter wolfdevils! Nay, beat  them first!  Torches! More torches! Buldeo, heat the

gunbarrels!" 

Here was some little difficulty with the catch of the door.  It had  been very firmly fastened, but the crowd tore

it away  bodily, and the  light of the torches streamed into the room  where, stretched at full  length on the bed,

his paws crossed and  lightly hung down over one  end, black as the Pit, and terrible  as a demon, was

Bagheera. There  was one halfminute of desperate  silence, as the front ranks of the  crowd clawed and tore

their  way back from the threshold, and in that  minute Bagheera raised  his head and yawnedelaborately,

carefully,  and ostentatiously  as he would yawn when he wished to insult an  equal. The  fringed lips drew

back and up; the red tongue curled; the  lower  jaw dropped and dropped till you could see halfway down the

hot  gullet; and the gigantic dogteeth stood clear to the pit of the  gums  till they rang together, upper and

under, with the snick of  steelfaced wards shooting home round the edges of a safe.  Next  instant the street

was empty; Bagheera had leaped back  through the  window, and stood at Mowgli's side, while a yelling,

screaming torrent  scrambled and tumbled one over another in their  panic haste to get to  their own huts. 

"They will not stir till day comes," said Bagheera quietly.  "And  now?" 

The silence of the afternoon sleep seemed to have overtaken the  village; but, as they listened, they could hear

the sound of  heavy  grainboxes being dragged over earthen floors and set down  against  doors. Bagheera was

quite right; the village would not  stir till  daylight. Mowgli sat still, and thought, and his face  grew darker and

darker. 

"What have I done?" said Bagheera, at last coming to his  feet,  fawning. 

"Nothing but great good. Watch them now till the day. I sleep."  Mowgli ran off into the Jungle, and dropped

like a dead man  across a  rock, and slept and slept the day round, and the night  back again. 

When he waked, Bagheera was at his side, and there was a newly  killed buck at his feet. Bagheera watched

curiously while Mowgli  went  to work with his skinningknife, ate and drank, and turned  over with  his chin in

his hands. 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 29



Top




Page No 32


"The man and the woman are come safe within eyeshot of  Khanhiwara," Bagheera said. "Thy lair mother

sent the word back  by  Chil, the Kite. They found a horse before midnight of the  night they  were freed, and

went very quickly. Is not that well?" 

"That is well," said Mowgli. 

"And thy ManPack in the village did not stir till the sun was  high this morning. Then they ate their food and

ran back quickly  to  their houses." 

"Did they, by chance, see thee?" 

"It may have been. I was rolling in the dust before the gate at  dawn, and I may have made also some small

song to myself. Now,  Little  Brother, there is nothing more to do. Come hunting with me  and Baloo.  He has

new hives that he wishes to show, and we  all desire thee back  again as of old. Take off that look which  makes

even me afraid! The  man and woman will not be put into the  Red Flower, and all goes well  in the Jungle. Is it

not true?  Let us forget the ManPack." 

"They shall he forgotten in a little while. Where does Hathi  feed  tonight?" 

"Where he chooses. Who can answer for the Silent One? But why?  What is there Hathi can do which we

cannot?" 

"Bid him and his three sons come here to me." 

"But, indeed, and truly, Little Brother, it is notit is not  seemly to say 'Come,' and 'Go,' to Hathi.

Remember, he is the  Master  of the Jungle, and before the ManPack changed the look  on thy face,  he taught

thee the Masterwords of the Jungle." 

"That is all one. I have a Masterword for him now. Bid him come  to Mowgli, the Frog: and if he does not

hear at first, bid him  come  because of the Sack of the Fields of Bhurtpore." 

"The Sack of the Fields of Bhurtpore," Bagheera repeated two or  three times to make sure. "I go. Hathi can

but be angry at the  worst,  and I would give a moon's hunting to hear a Masterword  that compels  the Silent

One." 

He went away, leaving Mowgli stabbing furiously with his  skinningknife into the earth. Mowgli had never

seen human blood  in  his life before till he had seen, andwhat meant much more  to  himsmelled Messua's

blood on the thongs that bound her.  And Messua  had been kind to him, and, so far as he knew anything  about

love, he  loved Messua as completely as he hated the rest  of mankind. But deeply  as he loathed them, their

talk, their  cruelty, and their cowardice,  not for anything the Jungle had to  offer could he bring himself to  take

a human life, and have that  terrible scent of blood back again in  his nostrils. His plan was  simpler, but much

more thorough; and he  laughed to himself when  he thought that it was one of old Buldeo's  tales told under the

peepultree in the evening that had put the idea  into his head. 

"It WAS a Masterword," Bagheera whispered in his ear.  "They were  feeding by the river, and they obeyed

as though  they were bullocks.  Look where they come now!" 

Hathi and his three sons had arrived, in their usual way,  without  a sound. The mud of the river was still fresh

on their  flanks, and  Hathi was thoughtfully chewing the green stem of a  young plantaintree  that he had

gouged up with his tusks.  But every line in his vast body  showed to Bagheera, who could  see things when he

came across them,  that it was not the Master  of the Jungle speaking to a Mancub, but  one who was afraid


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 30



Top




Page No 33


coming before one who was not. His three sons  rolled side by  side, behind their father. 

Mowgli hardly lifted his head as Hathi gave him "Good hunting."  He  kept him swinging and rocking, and

shifting from one foot to  another,  for a long time before he spoke; and when he opened his  mouth it was  to

Bagheera, not to the elephants. 

"I will tell a tale that was told to me by the hunter ye hunted  today," said Mowgli. "It concerns an elephant,

old and wise,  who  fell into a trap, and the sharpened stake in the pit scarred  him from  a little above his heel to

the crest of his shoulder,  leaving a white  mark." Mowgli threw out his hand, and as Hathi  wheeled the

moonlight  showed a long white scar on his slaty  side, as though he had been  struck with a redhot whip.

"Men came to take him from the trap,"  Mowgli continued, "but he  broke his ropes, for he was strong, and

went  away till his wound  was healed. Then came he, angry, by night to the  fields of those  hunters. And I

remember now that he had three sons.  These things  happened many, many Rains ago, and very far

awayamong  the  fields of Bhurtpore. What came to those fields at the next  reaping, Hathi?" 

"They were reaped by me and by my three sons," said Hathi. 

"And to the ploughing that follows the reaping?" said Mowgli. 

"There was no ploughing," said Hathi. 

"And to the men that live by the green crops on the ground?"  said  Mowgli. 

"They went away." 

"And to the huts in which the men slept?" said Mowgli. 

"We tore the roofs to pieces, and the Jungle swallowed up the  walls," said Hathi. 

"And what more?" said Mowgli. 

"As much good ground as I can walk over in two nights from the  east to the west, and from the north to the

south as much as I  can  walk over in three nights, the Jungle took. We let in the  Jungle upon  five villages; and

in those villages, and in their  lands, the  grazingground and the soft cropgrounds, there is  not one man

today  who takes his food from the ground. That was  the Sack of the Fields of  Bhurtpore, which I and my

three sons  did; and now I ask, Mancub, how  the news of it came to thee?"  said Hathi. 

"A man told me, and now I see even Buldeo can speak truth.  It was  well done, Hathi with the white mark; but

the second time  it shall be  done better, for the reason that there is a man to  direct. Thou  knowest the village of

the ManPack that cast me  out? They are idle,  senseless, and cruel; they play with their  mouths, and they do

not  kill the weaker for food, but for sport.  When they are fullfed they  would throw their own breed into the

Red Flower. This I have seen. It  is not well that they should  live here any more. I hate them!" 

"Kill, then," said the youngest of Hathi's three sons, picking  up  a tuft of grass, dusting it against his forelegs,

and  throwing it  away, while his little red eyes glanced furtively  from side to side. 

"What good are white bones to me?" Mowgli answered angrily.  "Am I  the cub of a wolf to play in the sun

with a raw head?  I have killed  Shere Khan, and his hide rots on the Council Rock;  butbut I do not  know

whither Shere Khan is gone, and my  stomach is still empty. Now I  will take that which I can see  and touch.

Let in the Jungle upon that  village, Hathi!" 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 31



Top




Page No 34


Bagheera shivered, and cowered down. He could understand, if the  worst came to the worst, a quick rush

down the village street,  and a  right and left blow into a crowd, or a crafty killing of  men as they  ploughed in

the twilight; but this scheme for  deliberately blotting  out an entire village from the eyes of man  and beast

frightened him.  Now he saw why Mowgli had sent for  Hathi. No one but the longlived  elephant could plan

and carry  through such a war. 

"Let them run as the men ran from the fields of Bhurtpore,  till we  have the rainwater for the only plough,

and the noise  of the rain on  the thick leaves for the pattering of their  spindlestill Bagheera  and I lair in the

house of the Brahmin,  and the buck drink at the tank  behind the temple! Let in the  Jungle, Hathi!" 

"But Ibut we have no quarrel with them, and it needs the red  rage of great pain ere we tear down the places

where men sleep,"  said  Hathi doubtfully. 

"Are ye the only eaters of grass in the Jungle? Drive in your  peoples. Let the deer and the pig and the nilghai

look to it.  Ye need  never show a hand'sbreadth of hide till the fields are  naked. Let in  the Jungle, Hathi!" 

"There will be no killing? My tusks were red at the Sack of the  Fields of Bhurtpore, and I would not wake

that smell again." 

"Nor I. I do not wish even their bones to lie on the clean  earth.  Let them go and find a fresh lair. They cannot

stay here.  I have seen  and smelled the blood of the woman that gave me  foodthe woman whom  they would

have killed but for me. Only the  smell of the new grass on  their doorsteps can take away that  smell. It burns

in my mouth. Let  in the Jungle, Hathi!" 

"Ah!" said Hathi. "So did the scar of the stake burn on my hide  till we watched the villages die under in the

spring growth. Now  I  see. Thy war shall he our war. We will let in the jungle!" 

Mowgli had hardly time to catch his breathhe was shaking all  over with rage and hate before the place

where the elephants had  stood was empty, and Bagheera was looking at him with terror. 

"By the Broken Lock that freed me!" said the Black Panther at  last. "Art THOU the naked thing I spoke for in

the Pack when all  was  young? Master of the Jungle, when my strength goes, speak  for  mespeak for

Baloospeak for us all! We are cubs before  thee!  Snapped twigs under foot! Fawns that have lost their doe!" 

The idea of Bagheera being a stray fawn upset Mowgli altogether,  and he laughed and caught his breath, and

sobbed and laughed  again,  till he had to jump into a pool to make himself stop.  Then he swam  round and

round, ducking in and out of the bars of  the moonlight like  the frog, his namesake. 

By this time Hathi and his three sons had turned, each to one  point of the compass, and were striding silently

down the  valleys a  mile away. They went on and on for two days' march  that is to say, a  long sixty

milesthrough the Jungle; and  every step they took, and  every wave of their trunks, was known  and noted

and talked over by  Mang and Chil and the Monkey People  and all the birds. Then they began  to feed, and fed

quietly for  a week or so. Hathi and his sons are like  Kaa, the Rock Python.  They never hurry till they have to. 

At the end of that timeand none knew who had started ita  rumour went through the Jungle that there

was better food and  water  to be found in such and such a valley. The pigwho, of  course, will  go to the ends

of the earth for a full mealmoved  first by companies,  scuffling over the rocks, and the deer  followed, with

the small wild  foxes that live on the dead and  dying of the herds; and the  heavyshouldered nilghai moved

parallel with the deer, and the wild  buffaloes of the swamps  came after the nilghai. The least little thing

would have turned  the scattered, straggling droves that grazed and  sauntered and  drank and grazed again; but

whenever there was an alarm  some one  would rise up and soothe them. At one time it would be Ikki  the


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 32



Top




Page No 35


Porcupine, full of news of good feed just a little farther on;  at  another Mang would cry cheerily and flap

down a glade to show  it was  all empty; or Baloo, his mouth full of roots, would  shamble alongside  a

wavering line and half frighten, half romp  it clumsily back to the  proper road. Very many creatures broke

back or ran away or lost  interest, but very many were left to go  forward. At the end of another  ten days or so

the situation was  this. The deer and the pig and the  nilghai were milling round  and round in a circle of eight

or ten miles  radius, while the  Eaters of Flesh skirmished round its edge. And the  centre of  that circle was the

village, and round the village the crops  were ripening, and in the crops sat men on what they call

machansplatforms like pigeonperches, made of sticks at the  top of  four polesto scare away birds and

other stealers.  Then the deer were  coaxed no more. The Eaters of Flesh were  close behind them, and forced

them forward and inward. 

It was a dark night when Hathi and his three sons slipped down  from the Jungle, and broke off the poles of

the machans with  their  trunks; they fell as a snapped stalk of hemlock in bloom  falls, and  the men that

tumbled from them heard the deep  gurgling of the  elephants in their ears. Then the vanguard of  the

bewildered armies of  the deer broke down and flooded into  the village grazinggrounds and  the ploughed

fields; and the  sharphoofed, rooting wild pig came with  them, and what the  deer left the pig spoiled, and

from time to time an  alarm of  wolves would shake the herds, and they would rush to and fro  desperately,

treading down the young barley, and cutting flat  the  banks of the irrigating channels. Before the dawn broke

the  pressure  on the outside of the circle gave way at one point.  The Eaters of  Flesh had fallen back and left an

open path to  the south, and drove  upon drove of buck fled along it. Others,  who were bolder, lay up in  the

thickets to finish their meal  next night. 

But the work was practically done. When the villagers looked in  the morning they saw their crops were lost.

And that meant death  if  they did not get away, for they lived year in and year out as  near to  starvation as the

Jungle was near to them. When the  buffaloes were  sent to graze the hungry brutes found that the  deer had

cleared the  grazinggrounds, and so wandered into the  Jungle and drifted off with  their wild mates; and when

twilight  fell the three or four ponies that  belonged to the village lay  in their stables with their heads beaten  in.

Only Bagheera could  have given those strokes, and only Bagheera  would have thought of  insolently dragging

the last carcass to the open  street. 

The villagers had no heart to make fires in the fields that  night,  so Hathi and his three sons went gleaning

among what was  left; and  where Hathi gleans there is no need to follow. The men  decided to live  on their

stored seedcorn until the rains had  fallen, and then to take  work as servants till they could catch  up with the

lost year; but as  the graindealer was thinking of  his wellfilled crates of corn, and  the prices he would levy

at  the sale of it, Hathi's sharp tusks were  picking out the corner  of his mudhouse, and smashing open the big

wicker chest, leeped  with cowdung, where the precious stuff lay. 

When that last loss was discovered, it was the Brahmin's turn to  speak. He had prayed to his own Gods

without answer. It might  be, he  said, that, unconsciously, the village had offended some  one of the  Gods of

the Jungle, for, beyond doubt, the Jungle was  against them. So  they sent for the headman of the nearest tribe

of wandering  Gondslittle, wise, and very black hunters, living  in the deep  Jungle, whose fathers came of

the oldest race in  Indiathe aboriginal  owners of the land. They made the Gond  welcome with what they

had, and  he stood on one leg, his bow in  his hand, and two or three poisoned  arrows stuck through his

topknot, looking half afraid and half  contemptuously at the  anxious villagers and their ruined fields. They

wished to know  whether his Godsthe Old Godswere angry with them  and what  sacrifices should be

offered. The Gond said nothing, but  picked  up a trail of the Karela, the vine that bears the bitter wild  gourd,

and laced it to and fro across the temple door in the  face of  the staring red Hindu image. Then he pushed with

his  hand in the open  air along the road to Khanhiwara, and went back  to his Jungle, and  watched the Jungle

People drifting through  it. He knew that when the  Jungle moves only white men can hope  to turn it aside. 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 33



Top




Page No 36


There was no need to ask his meaning. The wild gourd would grow  where they had worshipped their God,

and the sooner they saved  themselves the better. 

But it is hard to tear a village from its moorings. They stayed  on  as long as any summer food was left to

them, and they tried  to gather  nuts in the Jungle, but shadows with glaring eyes  watched them, and  rolled

before them even at midday; and when  they ran back afraid to  their walls, on the treetrunks they had

passed not five minutes  before the bark would be stripped and  chiselled with the stroke of  some great taloned

paw. The more  they kept to their village, the  bolder grew the wild things that  gambolled and bellowed on the

grazinggrounds by the Waingunga.  They had no time to patch and  plaster the rear walls of the  empty byres

that backed on to the  Jungle; the wild pig trampled  them down, and the knottyrooted vines  hurried after and

threw  their elbows over the newwon ground, and the  coarse grass  bristled behind the vines like the lances of

a goblin  army  following a retreat. The unmarried men ran away first, and  carried the news far and near that

the village was doomed.  Who could  fight, they said, against the Jungle, or the Gods of  the Jungle, when  the

very village cobra had left his hole in the  platform under the  peepultree? So their little commerce with  the

outside world shrunk as  the trodden paths across the open  grew fewer and fainter. At last the  nightly

trumpetings of Hathi  and his three sons ceased to trouble  them; for they had no more  to be robbed of. The

crop on the ground and  the seed in the  ground had been taken. The outlying fields were  already losing  their

shape, and it was time to throw themselves on the  charity  of the English at Khanhiwara. 

Native fashion, they delayed their departure from one day to  another till the first Rains caught them and the

unmended roofs  let  in a flood, and the grazingground stood ankle deep, and all  life came  on with a rush after

the heat of the summer. Then they  waded outmen,  women, and childrenthrough the blinding hot  rain of

the morning, but  turned naturally for one farewell look  at their homes. 

They heard, as the last burdened family filed through the gate,  a  crash of falling beams and thatch behind the

walls. They saw a  shiny,  snaky black trunk lifted for an instant, scattering  sodden thatch. It  disappeared, and

there was another crash,  followed by a squeal. Hathi  had been plucking off the roofs of  the huts as you pluck

waterlilies,  and a rebounding beam had  pricked him. He needed only this to unchain  his full strength,  for of

all things in the Jungle the wild elephant  enraged is the  most wantonly destructive. He kicked backward at a

mud  wall that  crumbled at the stroke, and, crumbling, melted to yellow mud  under the torrent of rain. Then he

wheeled and squealed, and  tore  through the narrow streets, leaning against the huts right  and left,  shivering

the crazy doors, and crumpling up the caves;  while his three  sons raged behind as they had raged at the Sack

of the Fields of  Bhurtpore. 

"The Jungle will swallow these shells," said a quiet voice in  the  wreckage. "It is the outer wall that must lie

down," and  Mowgli, with  the rain sluicing over his bare shoulders and arms,  leaped back from a  wall that was

settling like a tired buffalo. 

"All in good time," panted Hathi. "Oh, but my tusks were red  at  Bhurtpore; To the outer wall, children! With

the head!  Together! Now!" 

The four pushed side by side; the outer wall bulged, split, and  fell, and the villagers, dumb with horror, saw

the savage,  claystreaked heads of the wreckers in the ragged gap. Then they  fled, houseless and foodless,

down the valley, as their village,  shredded and tossed and trampled, melted behind them. 

A month later the place was a dimpled mound, covered with soft,  green young stuff; and by the end of the

Rains there was the  roaring  jungle in full blast on the spot that had been under  plough not six  months before. 


The Second Jungle Book

A SONG OF KABIR 34



Top




Page No 37


MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE

I will let loose against you the fleetfooted vines

I will call in the Jungle to stamp out your lines!

    The roofs shall fade before it,

      The housebeams shall fall,

    And the Karela, the bitter Karela,

      Shall cover it all!

In the gates of these your councils my people shall sing,

In the doors of these your garners the Batfolk shall cling;

    And the snake shall be your watchman,

      By a hearthstone unswept;

    For the Karela, the bitter Karela,

      Shall fruit where ye slept!

Ye shall not see my strikers; ye shall hear them and guess;

By night, before the moonrise, I will send for my cess,

    And the wolf shall he your herdsman

      By a landmark removed,

    For the Karela, the bitter Karela,

      Shall seed where ye loved!

I will reap your fields before you at the hands of a host;

Ye shall glean behind my reapers, for the bread that is lost,

    And the deer shall be your oxen

      By a headland untilled,

    For the Karela, the bitter Karela,

      Shall leaf where ye build!

I have untied against you the clubfooted vines,

I have sent in the Jungle to swamp out your lines.

    The treesthe trees are on you!

      The housebeams shall fall,

    And the Karela, the bitter Karela,

       Shall cover you all!

THE UNDERTAKERS

   When ye say to Tabaqui, "My Brother!" when ye call the

       Hyena to meat,

   Ye may cry the Full Truce with Jacalathe Belly that runs

       on four feet.

                                             Jungle Law

"Respect the aged!" 

"It was a thick voicea muddy voice that would have made you  shuddera voice like something soft

breaking in two. There was  a  quaver in it, a croak and a whine. 

"Respect the aged! O Companions of the Riverrespect the aged!" 

Nothing could be seen on the broad reach of the river except a  little fleet of squaresailed, woodenpinned

barges, loaded with  buildingstone, that had just come under the railway bridge, and  were  driving

downstream. They put their clumsy helms over to  avoid the  sandbar made by the scour of the bridgepiers,

and as  they passed,  three abreast, the horrible voice began again: 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 35



Top




Page No 38


"O Brahmins of the Riverrespect the aged and infirm!" 

A boatman turned where he sat on the gunwale, lifted up his  hand,  said something that was not a blessing,

and the boats  creaked on  through the twilight. The broad Indian river, that  looked more like a  chain of little

lakes than a stream, was as  smooth as glass,  reflecting the sandyred sky in midchannel,  but splashed with

patches  of yellow and dusky purple near and  under the low banks. Little creeks  ran into the river in the wet

season, but now their dry mouths hung  clear above waterline.  On the left shore, and almost under the

railway bridge, stood a  mudandbrick and thatchandstick village,  whose main street,  full of cattle going

back to their byres, ran  straight to the  river, and ended in a sort of rude brick pierhead,  where people  who

wanted to wash could wade in step by step. That was  the  Ghaut of the village of MuggerGhaut. 

Night was falling fast over the fields of lentils and rice and  cotton in the lowlying ground yearly flooded by

the river;  over the  reeds that fringed the elbow of the bend, and the  tangled jungle of  the grazinggrounds

behind the still reeds.  The parrots and crows, who  had been chattering and shouting over  their evening drink,

had flown  inland to roost, crossing the  outgoing battalions of the  flyingfoxes; and cloud upon cloud  of

waterbirds came whistling and  "honking" to the cover of the  reedbeds. There were geese,  barrelheaded

and blackbacked,  teal, widgeon, mallard, and sheldrake,  with curlews, and here  and there a flamingo. 

A lumbering Adjutantcrane brought up the rear, flying as though  each slow stroke would be his last. 

"Respect the aged! Brahmins of the Riverrespect the aged!" 

The Adjutant half turned his head, sheered a little in the  direction of the voice, and landed stiffly on the

sandbar below  the  bridge. Then you saw what a ruffianly brute he really was.  His back  view was immensely

respectable, for he stood nearly six  feet high, and  looked rather like a very proper baldheaded  parson. In

front it was  different, for his Ally Sloperlike head  and neck had not a feather to  them, and there was a

horrible  rawskin pouch on his neck under his  china holdall for the  things his pickaxe beak might steal.

His  legs were long and  thin and skinny, but he moved them delicately, and  looked at  them with pride as he

preened down his ashygray  tailfeathers,  glanced over the smooth of his shoulder, and stiffened  into  "Stand

at attention." 

A mangy little Jackal, who had been yapping hungrily on a low  bluff, cocked up his ears and tail, and

scuttered across the  shallows  to join the Adjutant. 

He was the lowest of his castenot that the best of jackals are  good for much, but this one was peculiarly

low, being half a  beggar,  half a criminala cleanerup of village rubbishheaps,  desperately  timid or wildly

bold, everlastingly hungry, and full  of cunning that  never did him any good. 

"Ugh!" he said, shaking himself dolefully as he landed. "May the  red mange destroy the dogs of this village! I

have three bites  for  each flea upon me, and all because I lookedonly looked,  mark youat  an old shoe in a

cowbyre. Can I eat mud?"  He scratched himself under  his left ear. 

"I heard," said the Adjutant, in a voice like a blunt saw going  through a thick board"I HEARD there was a

newborn puppy in  that  same shoe." 

"To hear is one thing; to know is another," said the Jackal, who  had a very fair knowledge of proverbs, picked

up by listening to  men  round the village fires of an evening. 

"Quite true. So, to make sure, I took care of that puppy while  the  dogs were busy elsewhere." 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 36



Top




Page No 39


"They were VERY busy," said the Jackal. "Well, I must not go to  the village hunting for scraps yet awhile.

And so there truly  was a  blind puppy in that shoe?" 

"It is here," said the Adjutant, squinting over his beak at his  full pouch. "A small thing, but acceptable now

that charity is  dead  in the world." 

"Ahai! The world is iron in these days," wailed the Jackal.  Then  his restless eye caught the least possible

ripple on the  water, and he  went on quickly: "Life is hard for us all, and  I doubt not that even  our excellent

master, the Pride of the  Ghaut and the Envy of the  River" 

"A liar, a flatterer, and a Jackal were all hatched out of the  same egg," said the Adjutant to nobody in

particular; for he  was  rather a fine sort of a liar on his own account when he  took the  trouble. 

"Yes, the Envy of the River," the Jackal repeated, raising his  voice. "Even he, I doubt not, finds that since the

bridge has  been  built good food is more scarce. But on the other hand,  though I would  by no means say this

to his noble face, he is so  wise and so  virtuousas I, alas I am not" 

"When the Jackal owns he is gray, how black must the Jackal be!"  muttered the Adjutant. He could not see

what was coming. 

"That his food never fails, and in consequence" 

There was a soft grating sound, as though a boat had just  touched  in shoal water. The Jackal spun round

quickly and faced  (it is always  best to face) the creature he had been talking  about. It was a  twentyfourfoot

crocodile, cased in what looked  like trebleriveted  boilerplate, studded and keeled and  crested; the yellow

points of his  upper teeth just overhanging  his beautifully fluted lower jaw. It was  the bluntnosed Mugger  of

MuggerGhaut, older than any man in the  village, who had  given his name to the village; the demon of the

ford  before the  railway bridge, camemurderer, maneater, and local fetish  in  one. He lay with his chin in

the shallows, keeping his place by  an  almost invisible rippling of his tail, and well the Jackal  knew that  one

stroke of that same tail in the water would carry  the Mugger up  the bank with the rush of a steamengine. 

"Auspiciously met, Protector of the Poor!" he fawned, backing  at  every word. "A delectable voice was heard,

and we came in  the hopes of  sweet conversation. My tailless presumption, while  waiting here, led  me, indeed,

to speak of thee. It is my hope  that nothing was  overheard." 

Now the Jackal had spoken just to be listened to, for he knew  flattery was the best way of getting things to

eat, and the  Mugger  knew that the Jackal had spoken for this end, and the  Jackal knew that  the Mugger knew,

and the Mugger knew that  the Jackal knew that the  Mugger knew, and so they were all  very contented

together. 

The old brute pushed and panted and grunted up the bank,  mumbling,  "Respect the aged and infirm!" and all

the time his  little eyes burned  like coals under the heavy, horny eyelids  on the top of his triangular  head, as he

shoved his bloated  barrelbody along between his crutched  legs. Then he settled  down, and, accustomed as

the Jackal was to his  ways, he could  not help starting, for the hundredth time, when he saw  how  exactly the

Mugger imitated a log adrift on the bar. He had  even  taken pains to lie at the exact angle a naturally stranded

log would  make with the water, having regard to the current of 

he season at the time and place. All this was only a matter of  habit, of course, because the Mugger had come

ashore for  pleasure;  but a crocodile is never quite full, and if the Jackal  had been  deceived by the likeness he

would not have lived to  philosophise over  it. 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 37



Top




Page No 40


"My child, I heard nothing," said the Mugger, shutting one eye.  "The water was in my ears, and also I was

faint with hunger.  Since  the railway bridge was built my people at my village have  ceased to  love me; and

that is breaking my heart." 

"Ah, shame!" said the Jackal. "So noble a heart, too! But men  are  all alike, to my mind." 

"Nay, there are very great differences indeed," the Mugger  answered gently. "Some are as lean asboatpoles.

Others again  are fat  as young jadogs. Never would I causelessly revile men.  They are of  all fashions, but

the long years have shown me that,  one with another,  they are very good. Men, women, and children  I

have no fault to find  with them. And remember, child, he who  rebukes the World is rebuked by  the World." 

"Flattery is worse than an empty tin can in the belly. But that  which we have just heard is wisdom," said the

Adjutant, bringing  down  one foot. 

"Consider, though, their ingratitude to this excellent one,"  began  the Jackal tenderly. 

"Nay, nay, not ingratitude!" the Mugger said. They do not think  for others; that is all. But I have noticed,

lying at my station  below the ford, that the stairs of the new bridge are cruelly  hard to  climb, both for old

people and young children. The old,  indeed, are  not so worthy of consideration, but I am grieved  I am truly

grievedon account of the fat children. Still,  I think, in a little  while, when the newness of the bridge has

worn away, we shall see my  people"s bare brown legs bravely  splashing through the ford as before.  Then the

old Mugger will  be honoured again." 

"But surely I saw Marigold wreaths floating off the edge of the  Ghaut only this noon," said the Adjutant. 

Marigold wreaths are a sign of reverence all India over. 

"An erroran error. It was the wife of the sweetmeatseller.  She  loses her eyesight year by year, and cannot

tell a log from  methe  Mugger of the Ghaut. I saw the mistake when she threw  the garland, for  I was lying

at the very foot of the Ghaut, and  had she taken another  step I might have shown her some little  difference.

Yet she meant  well, and we must consider the spirit  of the offering." 

"What good are marigold wreaths when one is on the rubbish  heap?"  said the Jackal, hunting for fleas, but

keeping one wary  eye on his  Protector of the Poor. 

"True, but they have not yet begun to make the rubbishheap that  shall carry ME. Five times have I seen the

river draw back from  the  village and make new land at the foot of the street. Five  times have I  seen the

village rebuilt on the banks, and I shall  see it built yet  five times more. I am no faithless, fish  hunting

Gavial, I, at Kasi  today and Prayag tomorrow, as the  saying is, but the true and  constant watcher of the

ford. It is  not for nothing, child, that the  village bears my name, and "he  who watches long," as the saying is,

"shall at last have his  reward."" 

"_I_ have watched longvery longnearly all my life, and my  reward has been bites and blows," said the

Jackal. 

"Ho! ho! ho!" roared the Adjutant. 

"In August was the Jackal born;  The Rains fell in September;  "Now  such a fearful flood as this,"  Says he, "I

can"t remember!"" 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 38



Top




Page No 41


There is one very unpleasant peculiarity about the Adjutant.  At  uncertain times he suffers from acute attacks

of the fidgets  or cramp  in his legs, and though he is more virtuous to behold  than any of the  cranes, who are

all immensely respectable,  he flies off into wild,  cripplestilt wardances, half opening  his wings and

bobbing his bald  head up and down; while for  reasons best known to himself he is very  careful to time his

worst attacks with his nastiest remarks. At the  last word of  his song he came to attention again, ten times

adjutaunter  than before. 

The Jackal winced, though he was full three seasons old, but you  cannot resent an insult from a person with a

beak a yard long,  and  the power of driving it like a javelin. The Adjutant was a  most  notorious coward, but

the Jackal was worse. 

"We must live before we can learn," said the Mugger, "and there  is  this to say: Little jackals are very

common, child, but such  a mugger  as I am is not common. For all that, I am not proud,  since pride is

destruction;  but take notice, it is Fate, and  against his Fate no one  who swims or walks or runs should say

anything at all. I am well  contented with Fate. With good luck,  a keen eye, and the custom of  considering

whether a creek or a  backwater has an outlet to it ere you  ascend, much may be done." 

"Once I heard that even the Protector of the Poor made a  mistake,"  said the Jackal viciously. 

"True; but there my Fate helped me. It was before I had come to  my  full growthbefore the last famine but

three (by the Right  and Left  of Gunga, how full used the streams to be in those  days!). Yes, I was  young and

unthinking, and when the flood  came, who so pleased as I? A  little made me very happy then.  The village

was deep in flood, and I  swam above the Ghaut and  went far inland, up to the ricefields, and  they were deep

in  good mud. I remember also a pair of bracelets (glass  they were,  and troubled me not a little) that I found

that evening.  Yes,  glass bracelets; and, if my memory serves me well, a shoe.  I  should have shaken off both

shoes, but I was hungry. I learned  better  later. Yes. And so I fed and rested me; but when I was  ready to go to

the river again the flood had fallen, and I  walked through the mud of  the main street. Who but I? Came out  all

my people, priests and women  and children, and I looked upon  them with benevolence. The mud is not  a

good place to fight in.  Said a boatman, "Get axes and kill him, for  he is the Mugger of  the ford." "Not so,"

said the Brahmin. "Look, he  is driving the  flood before him! He is the godling of the village."  Then they

threw many flowers at me, and by happy thought one led a  goat  across the road." 

"How goodhow very good is goat!" said the Jackal. 

"Hairytoo hairy, and when found in the water more than likely  to  hide a crossshaped hook. But that goat I

accepted, and went  down to  the Ghaut in great honour. Later, my Fate sent me the  boatman who had  desired

to cut off my tail with an axe. His boat  grounded upon an old  shoal which you would not remember." 

"We are not ALL jackals here," said the Adjutant. Was it the  shoal  made where the stoneboats sank in the

year of the great  droutha  long shoal that lasted three floods?" 

"There were two," said the Mugger; "an upper and a lower shoal." 

"Ay, I forgot. A channel divided them, and later dried up  again,"  said the Adjutant, who prided himself on his

memory. 

"On the lower shoal my wellwisher"s craft grounded. He was  sleeping in the bows, and, half awake, leaped

over to his  waistno,  it was no more than to his kneesto push off.  His empty boat went on  and touched

again below the next reach,  as the river ran then. I  followed, because I knew men would  come out to drag it

ashore." 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 39



Top




Page No 42


"And did they do so?" said the Jackal, a little awestricken.  This  was hunting on a scale that impressed him. 

"There and lower down they did. I went no farther, but that gave  me three in one daywellfed manjis

(boatmen) all, and, except  in  the case of the last (then I was careless), never a cry to  warn those  on the bank." 

"Ah, noble sport! But what cleverness and great judgment it  requires!" said the Jackal. 

"Not cleverness, child, but only thought. A little thought in  life  is like salt upon rice, as the boatmen say, and

I have  thought deeply  always. The Gavial, my cousin, the fisheater,  has told me how hard it  is for him to

follow his fish, and how  one fish differs from the  other, and how he must know them all,  both together and

apart. I say  that is wisdom; but, on the other  hand, my cousin, the Gavial, lives  among his people. MY people

do not swim in companies, with their  mouths out of the water, as  Rewa does; nor do they constantly rise to

the surface of the  water, and turn over on their sides, like Mohoo and  little  Chapta; nor do they gather in

shoals after flood, like Batchua  and Chilwa." 

"All are very good eating," said the Adjutant, clattering  his  beak. 

"So my cousin says, and makes a great todo over hunting them,  but  they do not climb the banks to escape

his sharp nose.  MY people are  otherwise. Their life is on the land, in the  houses, among the cattle.  I must

know what they do, and what  they are about to do; and adding  the tail to the trunk, as the  saying is, I make up

the whole elephant.  Is there a green branch  and an iron ring hanging over a doorway? The  old Mugger knows

that a boy has been born in that house, and must some  day come  down to the Ghaut to play. Is a maiden to be

married?  The  old Mugger knows, for he sees the men carry gifts back and  forth; and  she, too, comes down to

the Ghaut to bathe before  her wedding, andhe  is there. Has the river changed its  channel, and made new

land where  there was only sand before?  The Mugger knows." 

"Now, of what use is that knowledge?" said the Jackal.  "The river  has shifted even in my little life." Indian

rivers  are nearly always  moving about in their beds, and will shift,  sometimes, as much as two  or three miles

in a season, drowning  the fields on one bank, and  spreading good silt on the other. 

"There is no knowledge so useful," said the Mugger, "for new  land  means new quarrels. The Mugger knows.

Oho! the Mugger  knows. As soon  as the water has drained off, he creeps up the  little creeks that men  think

would not hide a dog, and there he  waits. Presently comes a  farmer saying he will plant cucumbers  here, and

melons there, in the  new land that the river has given  him. He feels the good mud with his  bare toes. Anon

comes  another, saying he will put onions, and carrots,  and sugarcane  in such and such places. They meet as

boats adrift  meet, and  each rolls his eye at the other under the big blue turban.  The old Mugger sees and

hears. Each calls the other "Brother,"  and  they go to mark out the boundaries of the new land.  The Mugger

hurries  with them from point to point, shuffling very  low through the mud. Now  they begin to quarrel!  Now

they say  hot words! Now they pull turbans!  Now they lift up their lathis  (clubs), and, at last, one falls

backward into the mud, and the  other runs away. When he comes back the  dispute is settled, as  the

ironbound bamboo of the loser witnesses.  Yet they are not  grateful to the Mugger. No, they cry "Murder!"

and  their  families fight with sticks, twenty aside. My people are good  peopleupland JatsMalwais of the

Bet. They do not give blows  for  sport, and, when the fight is done, the old Mugger waits  far down the  river,

out of sight of the village, behind the  kikarscrub yonder.  Then come they down, my broadshouldered

Jatseight or nine together  under the stars, bearing the dead  man upon a bed. They are old men  with gray

beards, and voices as  deep as mine. They light a little  fireah! how well I know that  fire!and they drink

tobacco, and they  nod their heads together  forward in a ring, or sideways toward the  dead man upon the  bank.

They say the English Law will come with a rope  for this  matter, and that such a man"s family will be

ashamed, because  such a man must be hanged in the great square of the Jail.  Then say  the friends of the dead,

"Let him hang!" and the talk  is all to do  over againonce, twice, twenty times in the long  night. Then says

one, at last, "The fight was a fair fight.  Let us take bloodmoney, a  little more than is offered by the  slayer,


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 40



Top




Page No 43


and we will say no more  about it." Then do they haggle  over the bloodmoney, for the dead was  a strong

man, leaving  many sons. Yet before amratvela (sunrise) they  put the fire to  him a little, as the custom is, and

the dead man comes  to me,  and HE says no more about it. Aha! my children, the Mugger  knowsthe

Mugger knowsand my Malwah Jats are a good people!" 

"They are too closetoo narrow in the hand for my crop,"  croaked  the Adjutant. "They waste not the polish

on the  cow"s horn, as the  saying is; and, again, who can glean  after a Malwai?" 

"Ah, IgleanTHEM," said the Mugger. 

"Now, in Calcutta of the South, in the old days," the Adjutant  went on, "everything was thrown into the

streets, and we picked  and  chose. Those wore dainty seasons. But today they keep their  streets  as clean as

the outside of an egg, and my people fly  away. To be clean  is one thing; to dust, sweep, and sprinkle  seven

times a day wearies  the very Gods themselves." 

"There was a downcountry jackal had it from a brother, who told  me, that in Calcutta of the South all the

jackals were as fat as  otters in the Rains," said the Jackal, his mouth watering at the  bare  thought of it. 

"Ah, but the whitefaces are therethe English, and they bring  dogs from somewhere down the river in

boatsbig fat dogsto  keep  those same jackals lean," said the Adjutant. 

"They are, then, as hardhearted as these people? I might have  known. Neither earth, sky, nor water shows

charity to a jackal.  I saw  the tents of a whiteface last season, after the Rains,  and I also  took a new yellow

bridle to eat. The whitefaces  do not dress their  leather in the proper way. It made me  very sick." 

"That was better than my case," said the Adjutant. "When I was  in  my third season, a young and a bold bird, I

went down to the  river  where the big boats come in. The boats of the English are  thrice as  big as this village." 

"He has been as far as Delhi, and says all the people there walk  on their heads," muttered the Jackal. The

Mugger opened his left  eye,  and looked keenly at the Adjutant. 

"It is true," the big bird insisted. "A liar only lies when he  hopes to be believed. No one who had not seen

those boats COULD  believe this truth." 

"THAT is more reasonable," said the Mugger. "And then?" 

"From the insides of this boat they were taking out great pieces  of white stuff, which, in a little while, turned

to water.  Much split  off, and fell about on the shore, and the rest they  swiftly put into a  house with thick

walls. But a boatman,  who laughed, took a piece no  larger than a small dog, and threw  it to me. Iall my

peopleswallow  without reflection, and that  piece I swallowed as is our custom.  Immediately I was afflicted

with an excessive cold which, beginning in  my crop, ran down to  the extreme end of my toes, and deprived

me even  of speech,  while the boatmen laughed at me. Never have I felt such  cold.  I danced in my grief and

amazement till I could recover my  breath and then I danced and cried out against the falseness of  this  world;

and the boatmen derided me till they fell down.  The chief  wonder of the matter, setting aside that marvellous

coldness, was that  there was nothing at all in my crop when I  had finished my  lamentings!" 

The Adjutant had done his very best to describe his feelings  after  swallowing a sevenpound lump of

Wenham Lake ice, off an  American  iceship, in the days before Calcutta made her ice by  machinery; but  as

he did not know what ice was, and as the  Mugger and the Jackal knew  rather less, the tale missed fire. 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 41



Top




Page No 44


"Anything," said the Mugger, shutting his left eye again  "ANYTHING is possible that comes out of a boat

thrice the size  of  MuggerGhaut. My village is not a small one." 

There was a whistle overhead on the bridge, and the Delhi Mail  slid across, all the carriages gleaming with

light, and the  shadows  faithfully following along the river. It clanked away  into the dark  again; but the

Mugger and the Jackal were so well  used to it that they  never turned their heads. 

"Is that anything less wonderful than a boat thrice the size of  MuggerGhaut?" said the bird, looking up. 

"I saw that built, child. Stone by stone I saw the bridgepiers  rise, and when the men fell off (they were

wondrous surefooted  for  the most partbut WHEN they fell) I was ready. After the  first pier  was made

they never thought to look down the stream  for the body to  burn. There, again, I saved much trouble.  There

was nothing strange in  the building of the bridge," said  the Mugger. 

"But that which goes across, pulling the roofed carts! That is  strange," the Adjutant repeated. "It is, past any

doubt, a new  breed  of bullock. Some day it will not be able to keep its  foothold up  yonder, and will fall as the

men did. The old Mugger  will then be  ready." 

The Jackal looked at the Adjutant and the Adjutant looked at the  Jackal. If there was one thing they were

more certain of than  another, it was that the engine was everything in the wide world  except a bullock. The

Jackal had watched it time and again from  the  aloe hedges by the side of the line, and the Adjutant had  seen

engines  since the first locomotive ran in India. But the  Mugger had only  looked up at the thing from below,

where the  brass dome seemed rather  like a bullock"s hump. 

"Myes, a new kind of bullock," the Mugger repeated  ponderously,  to make himself quite sure in his own

mind;  and "Certainly it is a  bullock," said the Jackal. 

"And again it might be" began the Mugger pettishly. 

"Certainlymost certainly," said the Jackal, without waiting  for  the other to finish. 

"What?" said the Mugger angrily, for he could feel that the  others  knew more than he did. "What might it be?

_I_ never  finished my words.  You said it was a bullock." 

"It is anything the Protector of the Poor pleases. I am HIS  servantnot the servant of the thing that crosses

the river." 

"Whatever it is, it is whiteface work," said the Adjutant;  "and  for my own part, I would not lie out upon a

place so near  to it as  this bar." 

"You do not know the English as I do," said the Mugger. "There  was  a whiteface here when the bridge was

built, and he would  take a boat  in the evenings and shuffle with his feet on the  bottomboards, and  whisper:

"Is he here? Is he there? Bring me  my gun." I could hear him  before I could see himeach sound  that he

madecreaking and puffing  and rattling his gun, up and  down the river. As surely as I had picked  up one of

his workmen,  and thus saved great expense in wood for the  burning, so surely  would he come down to the

Ghaut, and shout in a  loud voice that  he would hunt me, and rid the river of methe Mugger  of Mugger

Ghaut! ME! Children, I have swum under the bottom of his  boat  for hour after hour, and heard him fire his

gun at logs; and  when I was well sure he was wearied, I have risen by his side  and  snapped my jaws in his

face. When the bridge was finished he  went  away. All the English hunt in that fashion, except when  they are

hunted." 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 42



Top




Page No 45


"Who hunts the whitefaces?" yapped the Jackal excitedly. 

"No one now, but I have hunted them in my time." 

"I remember a little of that Hunting. I was young then," said  the  Adjutant, clattering his beak significantly. 

"I was well established here. My village was being builded for  the  third time, as I remember, when my

cousin, the Gavial,  brought me word  of rich waters above Benares. At first I would  not go, for my cousin,

who is a fisheater, does not always know  the good from the bad; but I  heard my people talking in the

evenings, and what they said made me  certain." 

"And what did they say?" the Jackal asked. 

"They said enough to make me, the Mugger of MuggerGhaut,  leave  water and take to my feet. I went by

night, using the  littlest streams  as they served me; but it was the beginning of  the hot weather, and  all streams

were low. I crossed dusty  roads; I went through tall  grass; I climbed hills in the  moonlight. Even rocks did I

climb,  childrenconsider this well.  I crossed the tail of Sirhind, the  waterless, before I could  find the set of

the little rivers that flow  Gungaward. I was a  month"s journey from my own people and the river  that I knew.

That was very marvellous!" 

"What food on the way?" said the Jackal, who kept his soul in  his  little stomach, and was not a bit impressed

by the Mugger"s  land  travels. 

"That which I could findCOUSIN," said the Mugger slowly,  dragging each word. 

Now you do not call a man a cousin in India unless you think you  can establish some kind of

bloodrelationship, and as it is only  in  old fairytales that the Mugger ever marries a jackal, the  Jackal knew

for what reason he had been suddenly lifted into  the Mugger"s family  circle. If they had been alone he would

not have cared, but the  Adjutant"s eyes twinkled with mirth  at the ugly jest. 

"Assuredly, Father, I might have known," said the Jackal.  A mugger  does not care to be called a father of

jackals, and the  Mugger of  MuggerGhaut said as muchand a great deal more which  there is no use  in

repeating here. 

"The Protector of the Poor has claimed kinship. How can I  remember  the precise degree? Moreover, we eat

the same food.  He has said it,"  was the Jackal"s reply. 

That made matters rather worse, for what the Jackal hinted at  was  that the Mugger must have eaten his food

on that landmarch  fresh and  fresh every day, instead of keeping it by him till it  was in a fit and  proper

condition, as every selfrespecting  mugger and most wild beasts  do when they can. Indeed, one of the  worst

terms of contempt along the  Riverbed is "eater of fresh  meat." It is nearly as bad as calling a  man a cannibal. 

"That food was eaten thirty seasons ago," said the Adjutant  quietly.  "If we talk for thirty seasons more it will

never  come  back. Tell us, now, what happened when the good waters were  reached  after thy most wonderful

land journey. If we listened to  the howling  of every jackal the business of the town would stop,  as the saying

is. 

The Mugger must have been grateful for the interruption, because  he went on, with a rush: 

"By the Right and Left of Gunga! when I came there never did I  see  such waters!" 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 43



Top




Page No 46


"Were they better, then, than the big flood of last season?"  said  the Jackal. 

"Better! That flood was no more than comes every five years  a  handful of drowned strangers, some

chickens, and a dead  bullock in  muddy water with crosscurrents. But the season  I think of, the river  was

low, smooth, and even, and, as the  Gavial had warned me, the dead  English came down, touching each  other.

I got my girth in that  seasonmy girth and my depth.  >From Agra, by Etawah and the broad  waters by

Allahabad" 

"Oh, the eddy that set under the walls of the fort at  Allahabad!"  said the Adjutant. "They came in there like

widgeon to the reeds, and  round and round they swungthus!" 

He went off into his horrible dance again, while the Jackal  looked  on enviously. He naturally could not

remember the  terrible year of the  Mutiny they were talking about.  The Mugger continued: 

"Yes, by Allahabad one lay still in the slackwater and let  twenty  go by to pick one; and, above all, the

English were not  cumbered with  jewellery and noserings and anklets as my women  are nowadays. To

delight in ornaments is to end with a rope for  a necklace, as the  saying is. All the muggers of all the rivers

grew fat then, but it was  my Fate to be fatter than them all.  The news was that the English were  being hunted

into the  rivers, and by the Right and Left of Gunga! we  believed it  was true. So far as I went south I believed

it to he true;  and I went downstream beyond Monghyr and the tombs that look  over  the river." 

"I know that place," said the Adjutant. "Since those days  Monghyr  is a lost city. Very few live there now." 

"Thereafter I worked upstream very slowly and lazily, and a  little above Monghyr there came down a

boatful of whitefaces  alive! They were, as I remember, women, lying under a cloth  spread  over sticks,

and crying aloud. There was never a gun  fired at us, the  watchers of the fords in those days. All the  guns were

busy elsewhere.  We could hear them day and night  inland, coming and going as the wind  shifted. I rose up

full  before the boat, because I had never seen  whitefaces alive,  though I knew them wellotherwise. A

naked white  child kneeled  by the side of the boat, and, stooping over, must needs  try to  trail his hands in the

river. It is a pretty thing to see how a  child loves running water. I had fed that day, but there was yet  a  little

unfilled space within me. Still, it was for sport and  not for  food that I rose at the child"s hands. They were so

clear a mark that  I did not even look when I closed; but they  were so small that though  my jaws rang trueI

am sure of that  the child drew them up swiftly,  unhurt. They must have passed  between tooth and

tooththose small  white hands. I should have  caught him crosswise at the elbows; but,  as I said, it was

only  for sport and desire to see new things that I  rose at all.  They cried out one after another in the boat, and

presently  I rose again to watch them. The boat was too heavy to push  over.  They were only women, but he

who trusts a woman will walk on  duckweed in a pool, as the saying is: and by the Right and Left  of  Gunga,

that is truth!" 

"Once a woman gave me some dried skin from a fish," said  the  Jackal. "I had hoped to get her baby, but

horsefood is  better than  the kick of a horse, as the saying is. What did  thy woman do?" 

"She fired at me with a short gun of a kind I have never seen  before or since. Five times, one after another"

(the Mugger must  have  met with an oldfashioned revolver); "and I stayed open  mouthed and  gaping, my

head in the smoke. Never did I see such  a thing. Five  times, as swiftly as I wave my tailthus!" 

The Jackal, who had been growing more and more interested in  the  story, had just time to leap back as the

huge tail swung by  like a  scythe. 

"Not before the fifth shot," said the Mugger, as though he had  never dreamed of stunning one of his

listeners" not before the  fifth shot did I sink, and I rose in time to hear a boatman  telling  all those white


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 44



Top




Page No 47


women that I was most certainly dead.  One bullet had  gone under a neckplate of mine. I know not if it  is

there still, for  the reason I cannot turn my head. Look and  see, child. It will show  that my tale is true." 

"I?" said the Jackal.  "Shall an eater of old shoes, a bone  cracker, presume, to doubt the word of the Envy of

the River?  May my  tail be bitten off by blind puppies if the shadow of such  a thought  has crossed my humble

mind! The Protector of the Poor  has condescended  to inform me, his slave, that once in his life  he has been

wounded by  a woman. That is sufficient, and I will  tell the tale to all my  children, asking for no proof." 

"Overmuch civility is sometimes no better than overmuch  discourtesy, for, as the saying is, one can choke

a guest with  curds.  I do NOT desire that any children of thine should know  that the Mugger  of

MuggerGhaut took his only wound from a  woman. They will have much  else to think of if they get their

meat as miserably as does their  father." 

"It is forgotten long ago! It was never said! There never  was a  white woman! There was no boat! Nothing

whatever happened  at all." 

The Jackal waved his brush to show how completely everything was  wiped out of his memory, and sat down

with an air. 

"Indeed, very many things happened," said the Mugger, beaten in  his second attempt that night to get the

better of his friend.  (Neither bore malice, however. Eat and be eaten was fair law  along  the river, and the

Jackal came in for his share of plunder  when the  Mugger had finished a meal.) "I left that boat and went

upstream,  and, when I had reached Arrah and the backwaters  behind it, there  were no more dead English.

The river was empty  for a while. Then came  one or two dead, in red coats, not  English, but of one kind

allHindus and Purbeeahsthen five  and six abreast, and at last,  from Arrah to the North beyond  Agra, it

was as though whole villages  had walked into the water.  They came out of little creeks one after  another, as

the logs  come down in the Rains. When the river rose they  rose also in  companies from the shoals they had

rested upon; and the  falling  flood dragged them with it across the fields and through the  Jungle by the long

hair. All night, too, going North, I heard  the  guns, and by day the shod feet of men crossing fords, and  that

noise  which a heavy cartwheel makes on sand under water;  and every ripple  brought more dead. At last

even I was afraid,  for I said: "If this  thing happen to men, how shall the Mugger  of MuggerGhaut escape?"

There were boats, too, that came up  behind me without sails, burning  continually, as the cotton  boats

sometimes burn, but never sinking." 

"Ah!" said the Adjutant. "Boats like those come to Calcutta of  the  South. They are tall and black, they beat up

the water  behind them  with a tail, and they" 

"Are thrice as big as my village. MY boats were low and white;  they beat up the water on either side of them"

and were no  larger  than the boats of one who speaks truth should be.  They made me very  afraid, and I left

water and went back to this  my river, hiding by day  and walking by night, when I could not  find little streams

to help me.  I came to my village again, but  I did not hope to see any of my people  there. Yet they were

ploughing and sowing and reaping, and going to  and fro in their  fields, as quietly as their own cattle." 

"Was there still good food in the river?" said the Jackal. 

"More than I had any desire for. Even Iand I do not eat mud  even I was tired, and, as I remember, a little

frightened of  this  constant coming down of the silent ones. I heard my people  say in my  village that all the

English were dead; but those that  came, face  down, with the current were NOT English, as my people  saw.

Then my  people said that it was best to say nothing at all,  but to pay the tax  and plough the land. After a long

time the  river cleared, and those  that came down it had been clearly  drowned by the floods, as I could  well

see; and though it was  not so easy then to get food, I was  heartily glad of it.  A little killing here and there is


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 45



Top




Page No 48


no bad  thingbut even the  Mugger is sometimes satisfied, as the saying is." 

"Marvellous! Most truly marvellous!" said the Jackal. "I am  become  fat through merely hearing about so

much good eating.  And afterward  what, if it be permitted to ask, did the Protector  of the Poor do?" 

"I said to myselfand by the Right and Left of Gunga! I locked  my  jaws on that vowI said I would never

go roving any more.  So I lived  by the Ghaut, very close to my own people, and I  watched over them  year

after year; and they loved me so much  that they threw marigold  wreaths at my head whenever they saw it  lift.

Yes, and my Fate has  been very kind to me, and the river  is good enough to respect my poor  and infirm

presence; only" 

"No one is all happy from his beak to his tail," said the  Adjutant  sympathetically. "What does the Mugger of

MuggerGhaut  need more?" 

"That little white child which I did not get," said the Mugger,  with a deep sigh. "He was very small, but I

have not forgotten.  I am  old now, but before I die it is my desire to try one new  thing. It is  true they are a

heavyfooted, noisy, and foolish  people, and the sport  would be small, but I remember the old  days above

Benares, and, if the  child lives, he will remember  still. It may be he goes up and down the  bank of some river,

telling how he once passed his hands between the  teeth of the  Mugger of MuggerGhaut, and lived to make a

tale of it.  My Fate  has been very kind, but that plagues me sometimes in my  dreams  the thought of the

little white child in the bows of that  boat."  He yawned, and closed his jaws. "And now I will rest and think.

Keep silent, my children, and respect the aged." 

He turned stiffly, and shuffled to the top of the sandbar,  while  the Jackal drew back with the Adjutant to the

shelter of  a tree  stranded on the end nearest the railway bridge. 

"That was a pleasant and profitable life," he grinned, looking  up  inquiringly at the bird who towered above

him. "And not once,  mark  you, did he think fit to tell me where a morsel might have  been left  along the

banks. Yet I have told HIM a hundred times  of good things  wallowing downstream. How true is the saying,

"All the world forgets  the Jackal and the Barber when the news  has been told!" Now he is  going to sleep!

Arrh!" 

"How can a jackal hunt with a Mugger?" said the Adjutant  coolly.  "Big thief and little thief; it is easy to say

who  gets the pickings." 

The Jackal turned, whining impatiently, and was going to curl  himself up under the treetrunk, when

suddenly he cowered, and  looked  up through the draggled branches at the bridge almost  above his head. 

"What now?" said the Adjutant, opening his wings uneasily. 

"Wait till we see. The wind blows from us to them, but they are  not looking for usthose two men." 

"Men, is it? My office protects me. All India knows I am holy."  The Adjutant, being a firstclass scavenger,

is allowed to go  where  he pleases, and so this one never flinched. 

"I am not worth a blow from anything better than an old shoe,"  said the Jackal, and listened again. "Hark to

that footfall!"  he went  on. "That was no country leather, but the shod foot of  a whiteface.  Listen again! Iron

hits iron up there! It is a  gun! Friend, those  heavyfooted, foolish English are coming to  speak with the

Mugger." 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 46



Top




Page No 49


"Warn him, then. He was called Protector of the Poor by some one  not unlike a starving Jackal but a little

time ago." 

"Let my cousin protect his own hide. He has told me again and  again there is nothing to fear from the

whitefaces. They must  be  whitefaces. Not a villager of MuggerGhaut would dare to  come after  him. See,

I said it was a gun! Now, with good luck,  we shall feed  before daylight. He cannot hear well out of water,

andthis time it  is not a woman!" 

A shiny barrel glittered for a minute in the moonlight on the  girders. The Mugger was lying on the sandbar

as still as his  own  shadow, his forefeet spread out a little, his head dropped  between  them, snoring like

amugger. 

A voice on the bridge whispered: "It's an odd shotstraight  down  almostbut as safe as houses. Better try

behind the neck.  Golly! what  a brute! The villagers will be wild if he's shot,  though. He's the  deota [godling]

of these parts." 

"Don't care a rap," another voice answered; he took about  fifteen  of my best coolies while the bridge was

building,  and it's time he was  put a stop to. I've been after him in  a boat for weeks. Stand by with  the Martini

as soon as I've  given him both barrels of this." 

"Mind the kick, then. A double fourbore's no joke." 

"That's for him to decide. Here goes!" 

There was a roar like the sound of a small cannon (the biggest  sort of elephantrifle is not very different from

some  artillery),  and a double streak of flame, followed by the  stinging crack of a  Martini, whose long bullet

makes nothing of  a crocodile's plates. But  the explosive bullets did the work.  One of them struck just behind

the  Mugger's neck, a hand's  breadth to the left of thle backbone, while  the other burst  a little lower down, at

the beginning of the tail. In  ninety  nine cases out of a hundred a mortallywounded crocodile can  scramble

to deep water and get away; but the Mugger of Mugger  Ghaut  was literally broken into three pieces. He

hardly moved  his head  before the life went out of him, and he lay as flat  as the Jackal. 

"Thunder and lightning! Lightning and thunder!" said that  miserable little beast. "Has the thing that pulls the

covered  carts  over the bridge tumbled at last?" 

"It is no more than a gun," said the Adjutant, though his  very  tailfeathers quivered. "Nothing more than a

gun. He is  certainly  dead. Here come the whitefaces." 

The two Englishmen had hurried down from the bridge and across  to  the sandbar, where they stood

admiring the length of the  Mugger. Then  a native with an axe cut off the big head, and four  men dragged it

across the spit. 

"The last time that I had my hand in a Mugger's mouth," said one  of the Englishmen, stooping down (he was

the man who had built  the  bridge), "it was when I was about five years oldcoming  down the  river by boat

to Monghyr. I was a Mutiny baby, as they  call it. Poor  mother was in the boat, too, and she often told me  how

she fired dad's  old pistol at the beast's head." 

"Well, you've certainly had your revenge on the chief of the  claneven if the gun has made your nose bleed.

Hi, you boatmen!  Haul  that head up the bank, and we'll boil it for the skull.  The skin's too  knocked about to

keep. Come along to bed now.  This was worth sitting  up all night for, wasn't it?" 


The Second Jungle Book

MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE 47



Top




Page No 50


..... 

Curiously enough, the Jackal and the Adjutant made the very same  remark not three minutes after the men

had left. 

A RIPPLE SONG

Once a ripple came to land

  In the golden sunset burning

Lapped against a maiden's hand,

  By the ford returning.

Dainty foot and gentle breast

  Here, across, be glad and rest.

"Maiden, wait," the ripple saith.

  "Wait awhile, for I am Death!"

"Where my lover calls I go

  Shame it were to treat him coldly

'Twas a fish that circled so,

  Turning over boldly."

Dainty foot and tender heart,

  Wait the loaded ferrycart.

"Wait, ah, wait!" the ripple saith;

  "Maiden, wait, for I am Death!"

"When my lover calls I haste

  Dame Disdain was never wedded!"

Rippleripple round her waist,

  Clear the current eddied.

Foolish heart and faithful hand,

  Little feet that touched no land.

Far away the ripple sped,

  Rippleripplerunning red!

THE KING'S ANKUS

These are the Four that are never content, that have never

    been filled since the Dews began

Jacala's mouth, and the glut of the Kite, and the hands of the

    Ape, and the Eyes of Man.

                            Jungle Saying.

Kaa, the big Rock Python, had changed his skin for perhaps the  twohundredth time since his birth; and

Mowgli, who never forgot  that  he owed his life to Kaa for a night's work at Cold Lairs,  which you  may

perhaps remember, went to congratulate him.  Skinchanging always  makes a snake moody and depressed till

the  new skin begins to shine  and look beautiful. Kaa never made fun  of Mowgli any more, but  accepted him,

as the other Jungle People  did, for the Master of the  Jungle, and brought him all the news  that a python of his

size would  naturally hear. What Kaa did not  know about the Middle Jungle, as they  call it,the life that  runs

close to the earth or under it, the  boulder, burrow, and  the treebole life,might have been written upon  the

smallest  of his scales. 

That afternoon Mowgli was sitting in the circle of Kaa!s great  coils, fingering the flaked and broken old skin

that lay all  looped  and twisted among the rocks just as Kaa had left it.  Kaa had very  courteously packed


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 48



Top




Page No 51


himself under Mowgli's broad,  bare shoulders, so  that the boy was really resting in a  living armchair. 

"Even to the scales of the eyes it is perfect," said Mowgli,  under  his breath, playing with the old skin.

"Strange to see the  covering of  one's own head at one's own feet!" 

"Ay, but I lack feet," said Kaa; "and since this is the custom  of  all my people, I do not find it strange. Does

thy skin never  feel old  and harsh?" 

"Then go I and wash, Flathead; but, it is true, in the great  heats  I have wished I could slough my skin without

pain, and  run skinless." 

"I wash, and ALSO I take off my skin. How looks the new coat?" 

Mowgli ran his hand down the diagonal checkerings of the immense  back. "The Turtle is harderbacked, but

not so gay," he said  judgmatically. "The Frog, my namebearer, is more gay, but not  so  hard. It is very

beautiful to seelike the mottling in the  mouth of a  lily." 

"It needs water. A new skin never comes to full colour before  the  first bath. Let us go bathe." 

"I will carry thee," said Mowgli; and he stooped down, laughing,  to lift the middle section of Kaa's great

body, just where the  barrel  was thickest. A man might just, as well have tried to  heave up a  twofoot

watermain; and Kaa lay still, puffing with  quiet amusement.  Then the regular evening game beganthe

Boy in  the flush of his great  strength, and the Python in his sumptuous  new skin, standing up one  against the

other for a wrestling  matcha trial of eye and strength.  Of course, Kaa could have  crushed a dozen Mowglis

if he had let  himself go; but he played  carefully, and never loosed onetenth of his  power. Ever since  Mowgli

was strong enough to endure a little rough  handling,  Kaa had taught him this game, and it suppled his limbs

as  nothing else could. Sometimes Mowgli would stand lapped almost  to his  throat in Kaa's shifting coils,

striving to get one arm  free and catch  him by the throat. Then Kaa would give way  limply, and Mowgli, with

both quickmoving feet, would try to  cramp the purchase of that huge  tail as it flung backward  feeling for a

rock or a stump. They would  rock to and fro,  head to head, each waiting for his chance, till the  beautiful,

statuelike group melted in a whirl of blackandyellow  coils  and struggling legs and arms, to rise up again

and again.  "Now!  now! now!" said Kaa, making feints with his head that  even Mowgli's  quick hand could not

turn aside. "Look! I touch  thee here, Little  Brother! Here, and here! Are thy hands numb?  Here again!" 

The game always ended in one waywith a straight, driving blow  of  the head that knocked the boy over and

over. Mowgli could  never learn  the guard for that lightning lunge, and, as Kaa  said, there was not  the least

use in trying. 

"Good hunting!" Kaa grunted at last; and Mowgli, as usual, was  shot away half a dozen yards, gasping and

laughing. He rose with  his  fingers full of grass, and followed Kaa to the wise snake's  pet  bathingplacea

deep, pitchyblack pool surrounded with  rocks, and  made interesting by sunken treestumps. The boy

slipped in,  Junglefashion, without a sound, and dived across;  rose, too, without  a sound, and turned on his

back, his arms  behind his head, watching  the moon rising above the rocks,  and breaking up her reflection in

the  water with his toes.  Kaa's diamondshaped head cut the pool like a  razor, and came  out to rest on

Mowgli's shoulder. They lay still,  soaking  luxuriously in the cool water. 

"It is VERY good," said Mowgli at last, sleepily. Now, in the  ManPack, at this hour, as I remember, they

laid them down upon  hard  pieces of wood in the inside of a mudtrap, and, having  carefully shut  out all the

clean winds, drew foul cloth over  their heavy heads and  made evil songs through their noses.  It is better in the

Jungle." 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 49



Top




Page No 52


A hurrying cobra slipped down over a rock and drank, gave them  "Good hunting!" and went away. 

"Sssh!" said Kaa, as though he had suddenly remembered  something.  "So the Jungle gives thee all that thou

hast ever  desired, Little  Brother?" 

"Not all," said Mowgli, laughing; "else there would be a new and  strong Shere Khan to kill once a moon.

Now, I could kill with my  own  hands, asking no help of buffaloes. And also I have wished  the sun to  shine in

the middle of the Rains, and the Rains to  cover the sun in  the deep of summer; and also I have never gone

empty but I wished that  I had killed a goat; and also I have  never killed a goat but I wished  it had been buck;

nor buck but  I wished it had been nilghai. But thus  do we feel, all of us." 

"Thou hast no other desire?" the big snake demanded. 

"What more can I wish? I have the Jungle, and the favour of the  Jungle! Is there more anywhere between

sunrise and sunset?" 

"Now, the Cobra said" Kaa began. What cobra? He that went  away  just now said nothing. He was

hunting." 

"It was another." 

"Hast thou many dealings with the Poison People? I give them  their  own path. They carry death in the

foretooth, and that  is not  goodfor they are so small. But what hood is this thou  hast spoken  with?" 

Kaa rolled slowly in the water like a steamer in a beam sea.  "Three or four moons since," said he, "I hunted in

Cold Lairs,  which  place thou hast not forgotten. And the thing I hunted fled  shrieking  past the tanks and to

that house whose side I once  broke for thy sake,  and ran into the ground." 

"But the people of Cold Lairs do not live in burrows." Mowgli  knew  that Kaa was telling of the Monkey

People. 

"This thing was not living, but seeking to live," Kaa replied,  with a quiver of his tongue. "He ran into a

burrow that led  very far.  I followed, and having killed, I slept. When I  waked I went forward." 

"Under the earth?" 

"Even so, coming at last upon a White Hood [a white cobra],  who  spoke of things beyond my knowledge, and

showed me many  things I had  never before seen." 

"New game? Was it good hunting?" Mowgli turned quickly on  his  side. 

"It was no game, and would have broken all my teeth; but the  White  Hood said that a manhe spoke as one

that knew the  breedthat a man  would give the breath under his ribs for only  the sight of those  things." 

"We will look," said Mowgli. "I now remember that I was  once a  man." 

"Slowlyslowly. It was haste killed the Yellow Snake that ate  the  sun. We two spoke together under the

earth, and I spoke of  thee,  naming thee as a man. Said the White Hood (and he is  indeed as old as  the Jungle):

'It is long since I have seen a  man. Let him come, and he  shall see all these things, for the  least of which very

many men would  die.'" 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 50



Top




Page No 53


"That MUST be new game. And yet the Poison People do not tell us  when game is afoot. They are an

unfriendly folk." 

"It is NOT game. It isit isI cannot say what it is." 

"We will go there. I have never seen a White Hood, and I wish to  see the other things. Did he kill them?" 

"They are all dead things. He says he is the keeper of  them all." 

"Ah! As a wolf stands above meat he has taken to his own lair.  Let  us go." 

Mowgli swam to bank, rolled on the grass to dry himself, and the  two set off for Cold Lairs, the deserted city

of which you may  have  heard. Mowgli was not the least afraid of the Monkey People  in those  days, but the

Monkey People had the liveliest horror of  Mowgli. Their  tribes, however, were raiding in the Jungle, and  so

Cold Lairs stood  empty and silent in the moonlight. Kaa led  up to the ruins of the  queens' pavilion that stood

on the  terrace, slipped over the rubbish,  and dived down the half  choked staircase that went underground

from  the centre of the  pavilion. Mowgli gave the snakecall,"We be of one  blood,  ye and I,"and

followed on his hands and knees. They crawled  a long distance down a sloping passage that turned and

twisted  several times, and at last came to where the root of some great  tree,  growing thirty feet overhead, had

forced out a solid stone  in the  wall. They crept through the gap, and found themselves  in a large  vault, whose

domed roof had been also broken away  by treeroots so  that a few streaks of light dropped down into  the

darkness. 

"A safe lair," said Mowgli, rising to his firm feet, "but  overfar  to visit daily. And now what do we see?" 

"Am I nothing?" said a voice in the middle of the vault;  and  Mowgli saw something white move till, little by

little,  there stood up  the hugest cobra he had ever set eyes ona  creature nearly eight feet  long, and bleached

by being in  darkness to an old ivorywhite. Even  the spectaclemarks of his  spread hood had faded to faint

yellow. His  eyes were as red as  rubies, and altogether he was most wonderful. 

"Good hunting!" said Mowgli, who carried his manners with his  knife, and that never left him. 

"What of the city?" said the White Cobra, without answering the  greeting. "What of the great, the walled

citythe city of a  hundred  elephants and twenty thousand horses, and cattle past  countingthe  city of the

King of Twenty Kings? I grow deaf  here, and it is long  since I heard their wargongs." 

"The Jungle is above our heads," said Mowgli. I know only Hathi  and his sons among elephants. Bagheera

has slain all the horses  in  one village, andwhat is a King?" 

"I told thee," said Kaa softly to the Cobra,"I told thee, four  moons ago, that thy city was not." 

"The citythe great city of the forest whose gates are guarded  by  the King's towerscan never pass. They

builded it before my  father's  father came from the egg, and it shall endure when my  son's sons are  as white as

I! Salomdhi, son of Chandrabija,  son of Viyeja, son of  Yegasuri, made it in the days of Bappa  Rawal. Whose

cattle are YE?" 

"It is a lost trail," said Mowgli, turning to Kaa. "I know not  his  talk." 

"Nor I. He is very old. Father of Cobras, there is only the  Jungle  here, as it has been since the beginning." 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 51



Top




Page No 54


"Then who is HE," said the White Cobra, "sitting down before  me,  unafraid, knowing not the name of the

King, talking our  talk through a  man's lips? Who is he with the knife and the  snake's tongue?" 

"Mowgli they call me," was the answer. "I am of the Jungle.  The  wolves are my people, and Kaa here is my

brother. Father  of Cobras,  who art thou?" 

"I am the Warden of the King's Treasure. Kurrun Raja builded the  stone above me, in the days when my skin

was dark, that I might  teach  death to those who came to steal. Then they let down the  treasure  through the

stone, and I heard the song of the Brahmins  my masters." 

"Umm!" said Mowgli to himself. "I have dealt with one Brahmin  already, in the ManPack, andI know

what I know. Evil comes  here in  a little." 

"Five times since I came here has the stone been lifted, but  always to let down more, and never to take away.

There are no  riches  like these richesthe treasures of a hundred kings.  But it is long  and long since the stone

was last moved, and  I think that my city has  forgotten." 

"There is no city. Look up. Yonder are roots of the great trees  tearing the stones apart. Trees and men do not

grow together,"  Kaa  insisted. 

"Twice and thrice have men found their way here," the White  Cobra  answered savagely; "but they never

spoke till I came upon  them groping  in the dark, and then they cried only a little  time. But ye come with  lies,

Man and Snake both, and would have  me believe the city is not,  and that my wardship ends. Little do  men

change in the years. But I  change never! Till the stone is  lifted, and the Brahmins come down  singing the

songs that  I know, and feed me with warm milk, and take me  to the light  again, II_I_, and no other, am

the Warden of the  King's  Treasure! The city is dead, ye say, and here are the roots of  the trees? Stoop down,

then, and take what ye will. Earth has no  treasure like to these. Man with the snake's tongue, if thou  canst go

alive by the way that thou hast entered it, the lesser  Kings will be  thy servants!" 

"Again the trail is lost," said Mowgli coolly. "Can any jackal  have burrowed so deep and bitten this great

White Hood? He is  surely  mad. Father of Cobras, I see nothing here to take away." 

"By the Gods of the Sun and Moon, it is the madness of death  upon  the boy!" hissed the Cobra. "Before thine

eyes close I will  allow thee  this favour. Look thou, and see what man has never  seen before!" 

"They do not well in the Jungle who speak to Mowgli of favours,"  said the boy, between his teeth; "but the

dark changes all, as I  know. I will look, if that please thee." 

He stared with puckeredup eyes round the vault, and then lifted  up from the floor a handful of something

that glittered. 

"Oho!" said he, "this is like the stuff they play with in the  ManPack: only this is yellow and the other was

brown." 

He let the gold pieces fall, and move forward. The floor of the  vault was buried some five or six feet deep in

coined gold and  silver  that had burst from the sacks it had been originally  stored in, and,  in the long years, the

metal had packed and  settled as sand packs at  low tide. On it and in it and rising  through it, as wrecks lift

through the sand, were jewelled  elephanthowdahs of embossed silver,  studded with plates of  hammered

gold, and adorned with carbuncles and  turquoises.  There were palanquins and litters for carrying queens,

framed  and braced with silver and enamel, with jadehandled poles and  amber curtainrings; there were

golden candlesticks hung with  pierced  emeralds that quivered on the branches; there were  studded images,


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 52



Top




Page No 55


five feet high, of forgotten gods, silver with  jewelled eyes; there  were coats of mail, gold inlaid on steel,  and

fringed with rotted and  blackened seedpearls; there were  helmets, crested and beaded with  pigeon'sblood

rubies; there  were shields of lacquer, of  tortoiseshell and rhinoceroshide,  strapped and bossed with red

gold  and set with emeralds at the  edge; there were sheaves of  diamondhilted swords, daggers, and

huntingknives; there were golden  sacrificial bowls and ladles,  and portable altars of a shape that  never sees

the light of day;  there were jade cups and bracelets; there  were incenseburners,  combs, and pots for

perfume, henna, and  eyepowder, all in  embossed gold; there were noserings, armlets,  headbands,

fingerrings, and girdles past any counting; there were  belts,  seven fingers broad, of squarecut diamonds

and rubies, and  wooden boxes, trebly clamped with iron, from which the wood had  fallen away in powder,

showing the pile of uncut starsapphires,  opals, cat'seyes, sapphires, rubies, diamonds, emeralds, and

garnets  within. 

The White Cobra was right. No mere money would begin to pay the  value of this treasure, the sifted pickings

of centuries of war,  plunder, trade, and taxation. The coins alone were priceless,  leaving  out of count all the

precious stones; and the dead  weight of the gold  and silver alone might be two or three  hundred tons. Every

native  ruler in India today, however poor,  has a hoard to which he is always  adding; and though, once in  a

long while, some enlightened prince may  send off forty or  fifty bullockcart loads of silver to be exchanged

for  Government securities, the bulk of them keep their treasure  and  the knowledge of it very closely to

themselves. 

But Mowgli naturally did not understand what these things meant.  The knives interested him a little, but they

did not balance so  well  as his own, and so he dropped them. At last he found  something really  fascinating laid

on the front of a howdah half  buried in the coins. It  was a threefoot ankus, or elephant  goadsomething

like a small  boathook. The top was one round,  shining ruby, and eight inches of  the handle below it were

studded with rough turquoises close together,  giving a most  satisfactory grip. Below them was a rim of jade

with a  flower  pattern running round itonly the leaves were emeralds, and  the  blossoms were rubies sunk

in the cool, green stone. The rest of  the handle was a shaft of pure ivory, while the pointthe spike  and

hookwas goldinlaid steel with pictures of elephant  catching; and  the pictures attracted Mowgli, who saw

that they  had something to do  with his friend Hathi the Silent. 

The White Cobra had been following him closely. 

"Is this not worth dying to behold?" he said. Have I not done  thee  a great favour?" 

"I do not understand," said Mowgli. "The things are hard and  cold,  and by no means good to eat. But

this"he lifted the  ankus"I desire  to take away, that I may see it in the sun.  Thou sayest they are all  thine?

Wilt thou give it to me, and  I will bring thee frogs to eat?" 

The White Cobra fairly shook with evil delight. "Assuredly  I will  give it," he said. "All that is here I will give

thee  till thou  goest away." 

"But I go now. This place is dark and cold, and I wish to take  the  thornpointed thing to the Jungle." 

"Look by thy foot! What is that there?" Mowgli picked up  something  white and smooth. "It is the bone of a

man's head,"  he said quietly.  "And here are two more." 

"They came to take the treasure away many years ago. I spoke to  them in the dark, and they lay still." 

"But what do I need of this that is called treasure? If thou  wilt  give me the ankus to take away, it is good

hunting. If not,  it is good  hunting none the less. I do not fight with the Poison  People, and I  was also taught

the Masterword of thy tribe." 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 53



Top




Page No 56


"There is but one Masterword here. It is mine!" 

Kaa flung himself forward with blazing eyes. "Who bade me bring  the Man?" he hissed. 

"I surely," the old Cobra lisped. "It is long since I have seen  Man, and this Man speaks our tongue." 

"But there was no talk of killing. How can I go to the Jungle  and  say that I have led him to his death?" said

Kaa. 

"I talk not of killing till the time. And as to thy going or  not  going, there is the hole in the wall. Peace, now,

thou fat  monkeykiller! I have but to touch thy neck, and the Jungle will  know  thee no longer. Never Man

came here that went away with the  breath  under his ribs. I am the Warden of the Treasure of the  King's City!" 

"But, thou white worm of the dark, I tell thee there is neither  king nor city! The Jungle is all about us!" cried

Kaa. 

"There is still the Treasure. But this can be done. Wait  awhile,  Kaa of the Rocks, and see the boy run. There

is room  for great sport  here. Life is good. Run to and fro awhile,  and make sport, boy!" 

Mowgli put his hand on Kaa's head quietly. 

"The white thing has dealt with men of the ManPack until now.  He  does not know me," he whispered. "He

has asked for this  hunting. Let  him have it." Mowgli had been standing with the  ankus held point down.  He

flung it from him quickly and it  dropped crossways just behind the  great snake's hood, pinning  him to the

floor. In a flash, Kaa's weight  was upon the writhing  body, paralysing it from hood to tail. The red  eyes

burned,  and the six spare inches of the head struck furiously  right  and left. 

"Kill!" said Kaa, as Mowgli's hand went to his knife. 

"No," he said, as he drew the blade; "I will never kill again  save  for food. But look you, Kaa!" He caught the

snake behind  the hood,  forced the mouth open with the blade of the knife,  and showed the  terrible

poisonfangs of the upper jaw lying  black and withered in the  gum. The White Cobra had outlived his

poison, as a snake will. 

"THUU" ("It is dried up"Literally, a rotted out treestump),  said Mowgli; and motioning Kaa away, he

picked up the ankus,  setting  the White Cobra free. 

"The King's Treasure needs a new Warden, he said gravely. "Thuu,  thou hast not done well. Run to and fro

and make sport, Thuu!" 

"I am ashamed. Kill me!" hissed the White Cobra. 

"There has been too much talk of killing. We will go now.  I take  the thornpointed thing, Thuu, because I

have fought  and worsted  thee." 

"See, then, that the thing does not kill thee at last. It is  Death! Remember, it is Death! There is enough in that

thing to  kill  the men of all my city. Not long wilt thou hold it, Jungle  Man, nor he  who takes it from thee.

They will kill, and kill,  and kill for its  sake! My strength is dried up, but the ankus  will do my work. It is

Death! It is Death! It is Death!" 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 54



Top




Page No 57


Mowgli crawled out through the hole into the passage again, and  the last that he saw was the White Cobra

striking furiously with  his  harmless fangs at the stolid golden faces of the gods that  lay on the  floor, and

hissing, "It is Death!" 

They were glad to get to the light of day once more; and when  they  were back in their own Jungle and

Mowgli made the ankus  glitter in the  morning light, he was almost as pleased as though  he had found a bunch

of new flowers to stick in his hair. 

"This is brighter than Bagheera's eyes," he said delightedly,  as  he twirled the ruby. "I will show it to him; but

what did  the Thuu  mean when he talked of death?" 

"I cannot say. I am sorrowful to my tail's tail that he felt  not  thy knife. There is always evil at Cold

Lairsabove ground  or below.  But now I am hungry. Dost thou hunt with me this  dawn?" said Kaa. 

"No; Bagheera must see this thing. Good hunting!" Mowgli danced  off, flourishing the great ankus, and

stopping from time to time  to  admire it, till he came to that part of the Jungle Bagheera  chiefly  used, and

found him drinking after a heavy kill. Mowgli  told him all  his adventures from beginning to end, and

Bagheera  sniffed at the  ankus between whiles. When Mowgli came to the  White Cobra's last  words, the

Panther purred approvingly. 

"Then the White Hood spoke the thing which is?" Mowgli  asked  quickly. 

"I was born in the King's cages at Oodeypore, and it is in my  stomach that I know some little of Man. Very

many men would kill  thrice in a night for the sake of that one big red stone alone." 

"But the stone makes it heavy to the hand. My little bright  knife  is better; andsee! the red stone is not good

to eat. Then  WHY would  they kill?" 

"Mowgli, go thou and sleep. Thou hast lived among men, and" 

"I remember. Men kill because they are not hunting;for  idleness  and pleasure. Wake again, Bagheera. For

what use was  this  thornpointed thing made?" 

Bagheera half opened his eyeshe was very sleepywith a  malicious twinkle. 

"It was made by men to thrust into the head of the sons of  Hathi,  so that the blood should pour out. I have

seen the like  in the street  of Oodeypore, before our cages. That thing has  tasted the blood of  many such as

Hathi." 

"But why do they thrust into the heads of elephants?" 

"To teach them Man's Law. Having neither claws nor teeth,  men make  these thingsand worse." 

"Always more blood when I come near, even to the things the  ManPack have made," said Mowgli

disgustedly. He was getting a  little  tired of the weight of the ankus. "If I had known this,  I would not  have

taken it. First it was Messua's blood on the  thongs, and now it  is Hathi's. I will use it no more. Look!" 

The ankus flew sparkling, and buried itself point down thirty  yards away, between the trees. "So my hands

are clean of Death,"  said  Mowgli, rubbing his palms on the fresh, moist earth.  "The Thuu said  Death would

follow me. He is old and white  and mad." 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 55



Top




Page No 58


"White or black, or death or life, _I_ am going to sleep,  Little  Brother. I cannot hunt all night and howl all

day, as  do some folk." 

Bagheera went off to a huntinglair that he knew, about two  miles  off. Mowgli made an easy way for himself

up a convenient  tree, knotted  three or four creepers together, and in less time  than it takes to  tell was

swinging in a hammock fifty feet above  ground. Though he had  no positive objection to strong daylight,

Mowgli followed the custom  of his friends, and used it as little  as he could. When he waked among  the very

loudvoiced peoples  that live in the trees, it was twilight  once more, and he had  been dreaming of the

beautiful pebbles he had  thrown away. 

"At least I will look at the thing again," he said, and slid  down  a creeper to the earth; but Bagheera was before

him.  Mowgli could hear  him snuffing in the half light. 

"Where is the thornpointed thing?" cried Mowgli. 

"A man has taken it. Here is the trail." 

"Now we shall see whether the Thuu spoke truth. If the pointed  thing is Death, that man will die. Let us

follow." 

"Kill first," said Bagheera. "An empty stomach makes a careless  eye. Men go very slowly, and the Jungle is

wet enough to hold  the  lightest mark." 

They killed as soon as they could, but it was nearly three hours  before they finished their meat and drink and

buckled down to  the  trail. The Jungle People know that nothing makes up for  being hurried  over your meals. 

"Think you the pointed thing will turn in the man's hand and  kill  him?" Mowgli asked. "The Thuu said it was

Death." 

"We shall see when we find," said Bagheera, trotting with his  head  low. "It is singlefoot" (he meant that

there was only one  man), "and  the weight of the thing has pressed his heel far into  the ground." 

"Hai! This is as clear as summer lightning," Mowgli answered;  and  they fell into the quick, choppy trailtrot

in and out  through the  checkers of the moonlight, following the marks of  those two bare feet. 

"Now he runs swiftly," said Mowgli. "The toes are spread  apart."  They went on over some wet ground. "Now

why does  he turn aside here?" 

"Wait!" said Bagheera, and flung himself forward with one  superb  bound as far as ever he could. The first

thing to do  when a trail  ceases to explain itself is to cast forward  without leaving, your own  confusing

footmarks on the ground.  Bagheera turned as he landed, and  faced Mowgli, crying,  "Here comes another

trail to meet him. It is a  smaller foot,  this second trail, and the toes turn inward." 

Then Mowgli ran up and looked. "It is the foot of a Gond  hunter,"  he said. "Look! Here he dragged his bow

on the grass.  That is why the  first trail turned aside so quickly. Big Foot  hid from Little Foot." 

"That is true," said Bagheera. "Now, lest by crossing each  other's  tracks we foul the signs, let each take one

trail.  I am Big Foot,  Little Brother, and thou art Little Foot,  the Gond." 

Bagheera leaped back to the original trail, leaving Mowgli  stooping above the curious narrow track of the

wild little man  of the  woods. 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 56



Top




Page No 59


"Now," said Bagheera, moving step by step along the chain of  footprints, "I, Big Foot, turn aside here. Now I

hide me behind  a  rock and stand still," not daring to shift my feet. Cry thy  trail,  Little Brother." 

"Now, I, Little Foot, come to the rock," said Mowgli, running up  his trail. "Now, I sit down under the rock,

leaning upon my  right  hand, and resting my bow between my toes. I wait long, for  the mark of  my feet is

deep here." 

"I also, said Bagheera, hidden behind the rock. I wait,  resting  the end of the thornpointed thing upon a stone.

It slips, for here is  a scratch upon the stone. Cry thy trail,  Little Brother." 

"One, two twigs and a big branch are broken here," said Mowgli,  in  an undertone. "Now, how shall I cry

THAT? Ah! It is plain  now. I,  Little Foot, go away making noises and tramplings so  that Big Foot may  hear

me." He moved away from the rock pace by  pace among the trees,  his voice rising in the distance as he

approached a little cascade.  "Igofarawaytowherethe

noiseoffallingwatercoversmynoise; andhereIwait.  Cry  thy trail, Bagheera, Big Foot!" 

The panther had been casting in every direction to see how Big  Foot's trail led away from behind the rock.

Then he gave tongue: 

"I come from behind the rock upon my knees, dragging the thorn  pointed thing. Seeing no one, I run. I, Big

Foot, run swiftly.  The  trail is clear. Let each follow his own. I run!" 

Bagheera swept on along the clearlymarked trail, and Mowgli  followed the steps of the Gond. For some

time there was silence  in  the Jungle. 

"Where art thou, Little Foot?" cried Bagheera. Mowgli's voice  answered him not fifty yards to the right. 

"Um!" said the Panther, with a deep cough. "The two run side by  side, drawing nearer!" 

They raced on another halfmile, always keeping about the same  distance, till Mowgli, whose head was not

so close to the ground  as  Bagheera's, cried: "They have met. Good huntinglook!  Here stood  Little Foot,

with his knee on a rockand yonder  is Big Foot indeed!" 

Not ten yards in front of them, stretched across a pile of  broken  rocks, lay the body of a villager of the

district,  a long,  smallfeathered Gond arrow through his back and breast. 

"Was the Thuu so old and so mad, Little Brother?" said Bagheera  gently. "Here is one death, at least." 

"Follow on. But where is the drinker of elephant's bloodthe  redeyed thorn?" 

"Little Foot has itperhaps. It is singlefoot again now." 

The single trail of a light man who had been running quickly  and  bearing a burden on his left shoulder held

on round a long,  low spur  of dried grass, where each footfall seemed, to the  sharp eyes of the  trackers,

marked in hot iron. 

Neither spoke till the trail ran up to the ashes of a campfire  hidden in a ravine. 

"Again!" said Bagheera, checking as though he had been turned  into  stone. 

The body of a little wizened Gond lay with its feet in the  ashes,  and Bagheera looked inquiringly at Mowgli. 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 57



Top




Page No 60


"That was done with a bamboo," said the boy, after one glance.  "I  have used such a thing among the buffaloes

when I served in  the  ManPack. The Father of CobrasI am sorrowful that I made a  jest of  himknew the

breed well, as I might have known. Said I  not that men  kill for idleness?" 

"Indeed, they killed for the sake of the red and blue  stones,"  Bagheera answered. "Remember, I was in the

King's  cages at Oodeypore." 

"One, two, three, four tracks," said Mowgli, stooping over the  ashes. "Four tracks of men with shod feet.

They do not go so  quickly  as Gonds. Now, what evil had the little woodman done to  them? See,  they talked

together, all five, standing up, before  they killed him.  Bagheera, let us go back. My stomach is heavy  in me,

and yet it heaves  up and down like an oriole's nest at  the end of a branch." 

"It is not good hunting to leave game afoot. Follow!" said the  panther. "Those eight shod feet have not gone

far." 

No more was said for fully an hour, as they worked up the broad  trail of the four men with shod feet. 

It was clear, hot daylight now, and Bagheera said,  "I smell  smoke." 

Men are always more ready to eat than to run, Mowgli answered,  trotting in and out between the low scrub

bushes of the new  Jungle  they were exploring. Bagheera, a little to his left,  made an  indescribable noise in his

throat. 

"Here is one that has done with feeding," said he. A tumbled  bundle of gaycoloured clothes lay under a

bush, and round it  was  some spilt flour. 

"That was done by the bamboo again," said Mowgli. " See! that  white dust is what men eat. They have taken

the kill from this  one,he carried their food,and given him for a kill to Chil,  the  Kite." 

"It is the third," said Bagheera. 

"I will go with new, big frogs to the Father of Cobras, and feed  him fat," said Mowgli to himself. "The

drinker of elephant's  blood is  Death himselfbut still I do not understand!" 

"Follow!" said Bagheera. 

They had not gone half a mile farther when they heard Ko,  the  Crow, singing the deathsong in the top of a

tamarisk under  whose  shade three men were lying. A halfdead fire smoked in the  centre of  the circle, under

an iron plate which held a blackened  and burned cake  of unleavened bread. Close to the fire, and  blazing in

the sunshine,  lay the rubyandturquoise ankus. 

"The thing works quickly; all ends here," said Bagheera.  "How did  THESE die, Mowgli? There is no mark on

any." 

A Jungledweller gets to learn by experience as much as many  doctors know of poisonous plants and berries.

Mowgli sniffed the  smoke that came up from the fire, broke off a morsel of the  blackened  bread, tasted it, and

spat it out again. 

"Apple of Death," he coughed. "The first must have made it  ready  in the food for THESE, who killed him,

having first  killed the Gond." 


The Second Jungle Book

A RIPPLE SONG 58



Top




Page No 61


"Good hunting, indeed! The kills follow close," said Bagheera. 

"Apple of Death" is what the Jungle call thornapple or dhatura,  the readiest poison in all India. 

"What now?" said the panther. "Must thou and I kill each other  for  yonder redeyed slayer?" 

"Can it speak?" said Mowgli in a whisper. Did I do it a wrong  when  I threw it away? Between us two it can

do no wrong, for we  do not  desire what men desire. If it be left here, it will  assuredly continue  to kill men one

after another as fast as nuts  fall in a high wind. I  have no love to men, but even I would not  have them die six

in a  night." 

"What matter? They are only men. They killed one another, and  were  well pleased," said Bagheera. "That

first little woodman  hunted well." 

"They are cubs none the less; and a cub will drown himself to  bite  the moon's light on the water. The fault

was mine," said  Mowgli, who  spoke as though he knew all about everything.  "I will never again  bring into

the Jungle strange thingsnot  though they be as beautiful  as flowers. This"he handled the  ankus

gingerly"goes back to the  Father of Cobras. But first  we must sleep, and we cannot sleep near  these

sleepers. Also we  must bury HIM, lest he run away and kill  another six. Dig me a  hole under that tree." 

"But, Little Brother," said Bagheera, moving off to the spot,  "I  tell thee it is no fault of the blooddrinker.

The trouble  is with the  men." 

"All one," said Mowgli. "Dig the hole deep. When we wake I will  take him up and carry him back." 

..... 

Two nights later, as the White Cobra sat mourning in the  darkness  of the vault, ashamed, and robbed, and

alone,  the turquoise ankus  whirled through the hole in the wall,  and clashed on the floor of  golden coins. 

"Father of Cobras," said Mowgli (he was careful to keep the  other  side of the wall), "get thee a young and

ripe one of thine  own people  to help thee guard the King's Treasure, so that no  man may come away  alive any

more." 

"Ahha! It returns, then. I said the thing was Death. How comes  it  that thou art still alive?" the old Cobra

mumbled, twining  lovingly  round the ankushaft. 

"By the Bull that bought me, I do not know! That thing has  killed  six times in a night. Let him go out no

more." 

THE SONG OF THE LITTLE HUNTER

Ere Mor the Peacock flutters, ere the Monkey People cry,

  Ere Chil the Kite swoops down a furlong sheer,

Through the Jungle very softly flits a shadow and a sigh

  He is Fear, O Little Hunter, he is Fear!

Very softly down the glade runs a waiting, watching shade,

  And the whisper spreads and widens far and near;

And the sweat is on thy brow, for he passes even now

  He is Fear, O Little Hunter, he is Fear!


The Second Jungle Book

THE SONG OF THE LITTLE HUNTER 59



Top




Page No 62


Ere the moon has climbed the mountain, ere the rocks

      are ribbed with light,

  When the downwarddipping trails are dank and drear,

Comes a breathing hard behind theesnufflesnuffle

      through the night

  It is Fear, O Little Hunter, it is Fear!

On thy knees and draw the bow; bid the shrilling arrow go;

  In the empty, mocking thicket plunge the spear;

But thy hands are loosed and weak, and the blood has left

      thy cheek

  It is Fear, O Little Hunter, it is Fear!

When the heatcloud sucks the tempest, when the slivered

      pinetrees fall,

  When the blinding, blaring rainsqualls lash and veer;

Through the wargongs of the thunder rings a voice more

      loud than all

  It is Fear, O Little Hunter, it is Fear!

Now the spates are banked and deep; now the footless

      boulders leap

  Now the lightning shows each littlest leafrib clear

But thy throat is shut and dried, and thy heart against

      thy side

  Hammers: Fear, O Little Hunterthis is Fear!

QUIQUERN

The People of the Eastern Ice, they are melting like the snow

They beg for coffee and sugar; they go where the white men go.

The People of the Western Ice, they learn to steal and fight;

"They sell their furs to the tradingpost: they sell their souls

    to the white.

The People of the Southern Ice, they trade with the whaler's

crew;

Their women have many ribbons, but their tents are torn and few.

But the People of the Elder Ice, beyond the white man's ken

Their spears are made of the narwhalhorn, and they are the

    last of the Men!

                                    Translation.

"He has opened his eyes. Look!" 

"Put him in the skin again. He will be a strong dog. On the  fourth  month we will name him." 

"For whom?" said Amoraq. 

Kadlu's eye rolled round the skinlined snowhouse till it  fell on  fourteenyearold Kotuko sitting on the

sleepingbench,  making a  button out of walrus ivory. "Name him for me,"  said Kotuko, with a  grin. "I shall

need him one day." 

Kadlu grinned back till his eyes were almost buried in the fat  of  his flat cheeks, and nodded to Amoraq, while

the puppy's  fierce mother  whined to see her baby wriggling far out of reach  in the little  sealskin pouch hung

above the warmth of the  blubberlamp. Kotuko went  on with his carving, and Kadlu threw  a rolled bundle of

leather  dogharnesses into a tiny little  room that opened from one side of the  house, slipped off his  heavy

deerskin huntingsuit, put it into a  whalebonenet that  hung above another lamp, and dropped down on the


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 60



Top




Page No 63


sleepingbench  to whittle at a piece of frozen sealmeat till Amoraq,  his wife,  should bring the regular

dinner of boiled meat and  bloodsoup.  He had been out since early dawn at the sealholes, eight  miles  away,

and had come home with three big seal. Halfway down the  long, low snow passage or tunnel that led to the

inner door  of the  house you could hear snappings and yelpings, as the  dogs of his  sleighteam, released from

the day's work, scuffled  for warm places. 

When the yelpings grew too loud Kotuko lazily rolled off the  sleepingbench, and picked up a whip with an

eighteeninch  handle of  springy whalebone, and twentyfive feet of heavy,  plaited thong. He  dived into the

passage, where it sounded as  though all the dogs were  eating him alive; but that was no more  than their

regular grace before  meals. When he crawled out at  the far end, half a dozen furry heads  followed him with

their  eyes as he went to a sort of gallows of  whalejawbones, from  which the dog's meat was hung; split off

the  frozen stuff in big  lumps with a broadheaded spear; and stood, his  whip in one hand  and the meat in the

other. Each beast was called by  name,  the weakest first, and woe betide any dog that moved out of his  turn;

for the tapering lash would shoot out like thonged  lightning,  and flick away an inch or so of hair and hide.

Each beast growled,  snapped, choked once over his portion,  and hurried back to the  protection of the passage,

while the boy  stood upon the snow under the  blazing Northern Lights and dealt  out justice. The last to be

served  was the big black leader of  the team, who kept order when the dogs  were harnessed; and to  him

Kotuko gave a double allowance of meat as  well as an extra  crack of the whip. 

"Ah!" said Kotuko, coiling up the lash," I have a little  one over  the lamp that will make a great many

howlings. SARPOK!  Get in!" 

He crawled back over the huddled dogs, dusted the dry snow from  his furs with the whalebone beater that

Amoraq kept by the door,  tapped the skinlined roof of the house to shake off any icicles  that  might have

fallen from the dome of snow above, and curled  up on the  bench. The dogs in the passage snored and whined

in  their sleep, the  boybaby in Amoraq's deep fur hood kicked and  choked and gurgled, and  the mother of the

newlynamed puppy lay  at Kotuko's side, her eyes  fixed on the bundle of sealskin, warm  and safe above the

broad yellow  flame of the lamp. 

And all this happened far away to the north, beyond Labrador,  beyond Hudson's Strait, where the great tides

heave the ice  about,  north of Melville Peninsulanorth even of the narrow  Fury and Hecla  Straitson the

north shore of Baffin Land,  where Bylot's Island  stands above the ice of Lancaster Sound  like a

puddingbowl wrong side  up. North of Lancaster Sound  there is little we know anything about,  except North

Devon and  Ellesmere Land; but even there live a few  scattered people,  next door, as it were, to the very Pole. 

Kadlu was an Inuit,what you call an Esquimau,and his tribe,  some thirty persons all told, belonged to

the Tununirmiut"the  country lying at the back of something." In the maps that  desolate  coast is written

Navy Board Inlet, but the Inuit name  is best, because  the country lies at the very back of everything  in the

world. For nine  months of the year there is only ice and  snow, and gale after gale,  with a cold that no one can

realise  who has never seen the thermometer  even at zero. For six months  of those nine it is dark; and that is

what makes it so horrible.  In the three months of the summer it only  freezes every other  day and every night,

and then the snow begins to  weep off on the  southerly slopes, and a few groundwillows put out  their woolly

buds, a tiny stonecrop or so makes believe to blossom,  beaches  of fine gravel and rounded stones run down to

the open sea,  and polished boulders and streaked rocks lift up above the  granulated  snow. But all that is gone

in a few weeks, and the  wild winter locks  down again on the land; while at sea the ice  tears up and down the

offing, jamming and ramming, and splitting  and hitting, and pounding  and grounding, till it all freezes

together, ten feet thick, from the  land outward to deep water. 

In the winter Kadlu would follow the seal to the edge of this  landice, and spear them as they came up to

breathe at their  blowholes. The seal must have open water to live and catch fish  in,  and in the deep of winter

the ice would sometimes run eighty  miles  without a break from the nearest shore. In the spring he  and his


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 61



Top




Page No 64


people retreated from the floes to the rocky mainland,  where they put  up tents of skins, and snared the

seabirds, or  speared the young seal  basking on the beaches. Later, they would  go south into Baffin Land

after the reindeer, and to get their  year's store of salmon from the  hundreds of streams and lakes of  the

interior; coming back north in  September or October for the  muskox hunting and the regular winter  sealery.

This travelling  was done with dogsleighs, twenty and thirty  miles a day, or  sometimes down the coast in big

skin "womanboats,"  when the  dogs and the babies lay among the feet of the rowers, and the  women sang

songs as they glided from cape to cape over the  glassy,  cold waters. All the luxuries that the Tununirmiut

knew  came from the  southdriftwood for sleighrunners, rodiron for  harpoontips, steel  knives, tin kettles

that cooked food much  better than the old  soapstone affairs, flint and steel, and  even matches, as well as

coloured ribbons for the women's hair,  little cheap mirrors, and red  cloth for the edging of deerskin

dressjackets. Kadlu traded the rich,  creamy, twisted narwhal  horn and muskox teeth (these are just as

valuable as pearls) to  the Southern Inuit, and they, in turn, traded  with the whalers  and the missionaryposts

of Exeter and Cumberland  Sounds; and so  the chain went on, till a kettle picked up by a ship's  cook in  the

Bhendy Bazaar might end its days over a blubberlamp  somewhere on the cool side of the Arctic Circle. 

Kadlu, being a good hunter, was rich in iron harpoons, snow  knives, birddarts, and all the other things that

make life easy  up  there in the great cold; and he was the head of his tribe,  or, as they  say, "the man who

knows all about it by practice."  This did not give  him any authority, except now and then he  could advise his

friends to  change their huntinggrounds;  but Kotuko used it to domineer a little,  in the lazy, fat Inuit  fashion,

over the other boys, when they came  out at night to  play ball in the moonlight, or to sing the Child's  Song to

the  Aurora Borealis. 

But at fourteen an Inuit feels himself a man, and Kotuko was  tired  of making snares for wildfowl and

kitfoxes, and most  tired of all of  helping the women to chew seal and deerskins  (that supples them as

nothing else can) the long day through,  while the men were out  hunting. He wanted to go into the quaggi,  the

SingingHouse, when the  hunters gathered there for their  mysteries, and the angekok, the  sorcerer, frightened

them into  the most delightful fits after the  lamps were put out, and you  could hear the Spirit of the Reindeer

stamping on the roof;  and when a spear was thrust out into the open  black night it  came back covered with

hot blood. He wanted to throw  his big  boots into the net with the tired air of the head of a family,  and to

gamble with the hunters when they dropped in of an  evening and  played a sort of homemade roulette with a

tin pot  and a nail. There  were hundreds of things that he wanted to do,  but the grown men  laughed at him and

said, "Wait till you have  been in the buckle,  Kotuko. Hunting is not ALL catching." 

Now that his father had named a puppy for him, things looked  brighter. An Inuit does not waste a good dog

on his son till the  boy  knows something of dogdriving; and Kotuko was more than  sure that he  knew more

than everything. 

If the puppy had not had an iron constitution he would have died  from overstuffing and overhandling.

Kotuko made him a tiny  harness  with a trace to it, and hauled him all over the house  floor,  shouting: "Aua!

Ja aua!" (Go to the right). Choiachoi! Ja  choiachoi!"  (Go to the left). "Ohaha!" (Stop). The puppy did not  like

it at all,  but being fished for in this way was pure  happiness beside being put  to the sleigh for the first time.

He just sat down on the snow, and  played with the sealhide  trace that ran from his harness to the pitu,  the

big thong in  the bows of the sleigh. Then the team started, and  the puppy  found the heavy tenfoot sleigh

running up his back, and  dragging him along the snow, while Kotuko laughed till the tears  ran  down his face.

There followed days and days of the cruel  whip that  hisses like the wind over ice, and his companions all  bit

him because  he did not know his work, and the harness chafed  him, and he was dot  allowed to sleep with

Kotuko any more,  but had to take the coldest  place in the passage. It was a sad  time for the puppy. 

The boy learned, too, as fast as the dog; though a dogsleigh is  a  heartbreaking thing to manage. Each beast

is harnessed,  the weakest  nearest to the driver, by his own separate trace,  which runs under his  left foreleg to

the main thong, where it  is fastened by a sort of  button and loop which can be slipped by  a turn of the wrist,


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 62



Top




Page No 65


thus  freeing one dog at a time. This is  very necessary, because young dogs  often get the trace between  their

hind legs, where it cuts to the  bone. And they one and all  WILL go visiting their friends as they run,  jumping

in and out  among the traces. Then they fight, and the result  is more mixed  than a wet fishingline next

morning. A great deal of  trouble  can be avoided by scientific use of the whip. Every Inuit boy  prides himself

as being a master of the long lash; but it is  easy to  flick at a mark on the ground, and difficult to lean  forward

and catch  a shirking dog just behind the shoulders when  the sleigh is going at  full speed. If you call one dog's

name  for "visiting," and  accidentally lash another, the two will  fight it out at once, and stop  all the others.

Again, if you  travel with a companion and begin to  talk, or by yourself and  sing, the dogs will halt, turn

round, and sit  down to hear what  you have to say. Kotuko was run away from once or  twice through

forgetting to block the sleigh when he stopped; and he  broke  many lashings, and ruined a few thongs before

he could be  trusted with a full team of eight and the light sleigh. Then he  felt  himself a person of

consequence, and on smooth, black ice,  with a bold  heart and a quick elbow, he smoked along over the  levels

as fast as a  pack in full cry. He would go ten miles to  the sealholes, and when he  was on the

hunting~grounds he would  twitch a trace loose from the  pitu, and free the big black  leader, who was the

cleverest dog in the  team. As soon as the  dog had scented a breathinghole, Kotuko would  reverse the  sleigh,

driving a couple of sawedoff antlers, that stuck  up  like perambulatorhandles from the backrest, deep into

the  snow,  so that the team could not get away. Then he would crawl  forward inch  by inch, and wait till the

seal came up to breathe.  Then he would stab  down swiftly with his spear and runningline,  and presently

would haul  his seal up to the lip of the ice,  while the black leader came up and  helped to pull the carcass

across the ice to the sleigh. That was the  time when the  harnessed dogs yelled and foamed with excitement,

and  Kotuko  laid the long lash like a redhot bar across all their faces,  till the carcass froze stiff. Going home

was the heavy work.  The  loaded sleigh had to be humoured among the rough ice,  and the dogs sat  down and

looked hungrily at the seal instead  of pulling. At last they  would strike the wellworn sleighroad  to the

village, and toodlekiyi  along the ringing ice, heads  down and tails up, while Kotuko struck up  the

"Angutivaun  taina taunane taina" (The Song of the Returning  Hunter),  and voices hailed him from

house to house under all that dim,  starlittern sky. 

When Kotuko the dog came to his full growth he enjoyed himself  too. He fought his way up the team

steadily, fight after fight,  till  one fine evening, over their food, he tackled the big,  black leader  (Kotuko the

boy saw fair play), and made second dog  of him, as they  say. So he was promoted to the long thong of the

leading dog, running  five feet in advance of all the others:  it was his bounden duty to  stop all fighting, in

harness or out  of it, and he wore a collar of  copper wire, very thick and  heavy. On special occasions he was

fed  with cooked food inside  the house, and sometimes was allowed to sleep  on the bench with  Kotuko. He

was a good sealdog, and would keep a  muskox at bay  by running round him and snapping at his heels. He

would even  and this for a sleighdog is the last proof of  braveryhe would  even stand up to the gaunt

Arctic wolf, whom all  dogs of the  North, as a rule, fear beyond anything that walks the  snow.  He and his

masterthey did not count the team of ordinary dogs  as companyhunted together, day after day and night

after  night,  furwrapped boy and savage, longhaired, narroweyed,  whitefanged,  yellow brute. All an Inuit

has to do is to get  food and skins for  himself and his family. The womenfolk make  the skins into clothing,

and occasionally help in trapping small  game; but the bulk of the  foodand they eat enormouslymust be

found by the men. If the supply  fails there is no one up there  to buy or beg or borrow from. The  people must

die. 

An Inuit does not think of these chances till he is forced to.  Kadlu, Kotuko, Amoraq, and the boybaby who

kicked about in  Amoraq's  fur hood and chewed pieces of blubber all day, were as  happy together  as any

family in the world. They came of a very  gentle racean Inuit  seldom loses his temper, and almost never

strikes a childwho did not  know exactly what telling a real  lie meant, still less how to steal.  They were

content to spear  their living out of the heart of the  bitter, hopeless cold;  to smile oily smiles, and tell queer

ghost and  fairy tales  of evenings, and eat till they could eat no more, and sing  the endless woman's song:

"Amna aya, aya amna, ah! ah!" through  the  long lamplighted days as they mended their clothes and  their

huntinggear. 


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 63



Top




Page No 66


But one terrible winter everything betrayed them.  The Tununirmiut  returned from the yearly salmonfishing,

and made their houses on the  early ice to the north of Bylot's  Island, ready to go after the seal  as soon as the

sea froze.  But it was an early and savage autumn. All  through September  there were continuous gales that

broke up the smooth  sealice  when it was only four or five feet thick, and forced it  inland,  and piled a great

barrier, some twenty miles broad, of lumped  and ragged and needly ice, over which it was impossible to draw

the  dogsleighs. The edge of the floe off which the seal were  used to fish  in winter lay perhaps twenty miles

beyond this  barrier, and out of  reach of the Tununirmiut. Even so, they  might have managed to scrape

through the winter on their stock  of frozen salmon and stored blubber,  and what the traps gave  them, but in

December one of their hunters  came across a tupik  (a skintent) of three women and a girl nearly  dead,

whose men  had come down from the far North and been crushed in  their  little skin huntingboats while they

were out after the long  horned narwhal. Kadlu, of course, could only distribute the  women  among the huts

of the winter village, for no Inuit dare  refuse a meal  to a stranger. He never knows when his own turn  may

come to beg.  Amoraq took the girl, who was about fourteen,  into her own house as a  sort of servant. From the

cut of her  sharppointed hood, and the long  diamond pattern of her white  deerskin leggings, they supposed

she  came from Ellesmere Land.  She had never seen tin cookingpots or  woodenshod sleighs  before; but

Kotuko the boy and Kotuko the dog were  rather  fond of her. 

Then all the foxes went south, and even the wolverine, that  growling, bluntheaded little thief of the snow,

did not take  the  trouble to follow the line of empty traps that Kotuko set.  The tribe  lost a couple of their best

hunters, who were badly  crippled in a  fight with a muskox, and this threw more work on  the others. Kotuko

went out, day after day, with a light  huntingsleigh and six or seven  of the strongest dogs, looking  till his

eyes ached for some patch of  clear ice where a seal  might perhaps have scratched a breathinghole.  Kotuko

the dog  ranged far and wide, and in the dead stillness of the  icefields  Kotuko the boy could hear his

halfchoked whine of  excitement,  above a sealhole three miles away, as plainly as though  he were  at his

elbow. When the dog found a hole the boy would build  himself a little, low snow wall to keep off the worst

of the  bitter  wind, and there he would wait ten, twelve, twenty hours  for the seal  to come up to breathe, his

eyes glued to the tiny  mark he had made  above the hole to guide the downward thrust of  his harpoon, a little

sealskin mat under his feet, and his legs  tied together in the  tutareang (the buckle that the old hunters  had

talked about). This  helps to keep a man's legs from  twitching as he waits and waits and  waits for the

quickeared  seal to rise. Though there is no excitement  in it, you can  easily believe that the sitting still in the

buckle  with the  thermometer perhaps forty degrees below zero is the hardest  work  an Inuit knows. When a

seal was caught, Kotuko the dog would  bound forward, his trace trailing behind him, and help to pull  the

body to the sleigh, where the tired and hungry dogs lay  sullenly under  the lee of the broken ice. 

A seal did not go very far, for each mouth in the little village  had a right to be filled, and neither bone, hide,

nor sinew was  wasted. The dogs' meat was taken for human use, and Amoraq fed  the  team with pieces of old

summer skintents raked out from  under the  sleepingbench, and they howled and howled again, and  waked

to howl  hungrily. One could tell by the soapstone lamps  in the huts that  famine was near. In good seasons,

when blubber  was plentiful, the  light in the boatshaped lamps would be two  feet highcheerful, oily,  and

yellow. Now it was a bare six  inches: Amoraq carefully pricked  down the moss wick, when an  unwatched

flame brightened for a moment,  and the eyes of all the  family followed her hand. The horror of famine  up

there in the  great cold is not so much dying, as dying in the dark.  All the  Inuit dread the dark that presses on

them without a break for  six months in each year; and when the lamps are low in the  houses the  minds of

people begin to be shaken and confused. 

But worse was to come. 

The underfed dogs snapped and growled in the passages,  glaring at  the cold stars, and snuffing into the bitter

wind,  night after night.  When they stopped howling the silence fell  down again as solid and  heavy as a

snowdrift against a door,  and men could hear the beating of  their blood in the thin  passages of the ear, and the

thumping of their  own hearts,  that sounded as loud as the noise of sorcerers' drums  beaten  across the snow.


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 64



Top




Page No 67


One night Kotuko the dog, who had been  unusually sullen in harness, leaped up and pushed his head  against

Kotuko's knee. Kotuko patted him, but the dog still  pushed blindly  forward, fawning. Then Kadlu waked, and

gripped  the heavy wolflike  head, and stared into the glassy eyes.  The dog whimpered and shivered  between

Kadlu's knees. The hair  rose about his neck, and he growled as  though a stranger were at  the door; then he

barked joyously, and  rolled on the ground, and  bit at Kotuko's boot like a puppy. 

"What is it?" said Kotuko; for he was beginning to be afraid. 

"The sickness," Kadlu answered. "It is the dog sickness." Kotuko  the dog lifted his nose and howled and

howled again. 

"I have not seen this before. What will he do?" said Kotuko. 

Kadlu shrugged one shoulder a little, and crossed the hut for  his  short stabbingharpoon. The big dog looked

at him, howled  again, and  slunk away down the passage, while the other dogs  drew aside right and  left to give

him ample room. When he was  out on the snow he barked  furiously, as though on the trail of  a muskox,

and, barking and  leaping and frisking, passed out of  sight. His trouble was not  hydrophobia, but simple, plain

madness. The cold and the hunger, and,  above all, the dark,  had turned his head; and when the terrible

dogsickness once  shows itself in a team, it spreads like wildfire.  Next hunting  day another dog sickened,

and was killed then and there  by  Kotuko as he bit and struggled among the traces. Then the black  second dog,

who had been the leader in the old days, suddenly  gave  tongue on an imaginary reindeertrack, and when

they  slipped him from  the pitu he flew at the throat of an icecliff,  and ran away as his  leader had done, his

harness on his back.  After that no one would take  the dogs out again. They needed  them for something else,

and the dogs  knew it; and though they  were tied down and fed by hand, their eyes  were full of despair  and

fear. To make things worse, the old women  began to tell  ghosttales, and to say that they had met the spirits

of  the  dead hunters lost that autumn, who prophesied all sorts of  horrible things. 

Kotuko grieved more for the loss of his dog than anything else;  for though an Inuit eats enormously he also

knows how to starve.  But  the hunger, the darkness, the cold, and the exposure told on  his  strength, and he

began to hear voices inside his head, and  to see  people who were not there, out of the tail of his eye.  One

nighthe  had unbuckled himself after ten hours' waiting  above a "blind"  sealhole, and was staggering back

to the  village faint and dizzyhe  halted to lean his back against  a boulder which happened to be  supported

like a rockingstone  on a single jutting point of ice. His  weight disturbed the  balance of the thing, it rolled

over ponderously,  and as Kotuko  sprang aside to avoid it, slid after him, squeaking and  hissing  on the

iceslope. 

That was enough for Kotuko. He had been brought up to believe  that  every rock and boulder had its owner

(its inua), who was  generally a  oneeyed kind of a WomanThing called a tornaq,  and that when a tornaq

meant to help a man she rolled after him  inside her stone house, and  asked him whether he would take her  for

a guardian spirit. (In summer  thaws the icepropped rocks  and boulders roll and slip all over the  face of the

land, so you  can easily see how the idea of live stones  arose.) Kotuko heard  the blood beating in his ears as he

had heard it  all day, and he  thought that was the tornaq of the stone speaking to  him.  Before he reached home

he was quite certain that he had held a  long conversation with her, and as all his people believed that  this  was

quite possible, no one contradicted him. 

"She said to me, 'I jump down, I jump down from my place on the  snow,'" cried Kotuko, with hollow eyes,

leaning forward in the  halflighted hut. "She said, 'I will be a guide.' She said,  'I will  guide you to the good

sealholes.' Tomorrow I go out,  and the tornaq  will guide me." 

Then the angekok, the village sorcerer, came in, and Kotuko told  him the tale a second time. It lost nothing in

the telling. 


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 65



Top




Page No 68


"Follow the tornait [the spirits of the stones], and they will  bring us food again," said the angekok. 

Now the girl from the North had been lying near the lamp,  eating  very little and saying less for days past; but

when  Amoraq and Kadlu  next morning packed and lashed a little hand  sleigh for Kotuko, and  loaded it with

his huntinggear and as  much blubber and frozen  sealmeat as they could spare, she took  the pullingrope,

and stepped  out boldly at the boy's side. 

"Your house is my house," she said, as the little  boneshod sleigh  squeaked and bumped behind them in  the

awful Arctic night. 

"My house is your house," said Kotuko; "but I think that we  shall  both go to Sedna together." 

Now Sedna is the Mistress of the Underworld, and the Inuit  believe  that every one who dies must spend a

year in her  horrible country  before going to Quadliparmiut, the Happy  Place, where it never freezes  and the

fat reindeer trot up  when you call. 

Through the village people were shouting: "The tornait have  spoken  to Kotuko. They will show him open ice.

He will bring  us the seal  again!" Their voices were soon swallowed up by the  cold, empty dark,  and Kotuko

and the girl shouldered close  together as they strained on  the pullingrope or humoured the  sleigh through the

ice in the  direction of the Polar Sea.  Kotuko insisted that the tornaq of the  stone had told him to go  north, and

north they went under Tuktuqdjung  the Reindeerthose  stars that we call the Great Bear. 

No European could have made five miles a day over the ice  rubbish  and the sharpedged drifts; but those

two knew exactly  the turn of the  wrist that coaxes a sleigh round a hummock,  the jerk that nearly lifts  it out of

an icecrack, and the exact  strength that goes to the few  quiet strokes of the spearhead  that make a path

possible when  everything looks hopeless. 

The girl said nothing, but bowed her head, and the long  wolverinefur fringe of her ermine hood blew across

her broad,  dark  face. The sky above them was an intense velvety black,  changing to  bands of Indian red on

the horizon, where the great  stars burned like  streetlamps. From time to time a greenish  wave of the

Northern Lights  would roll across the hollow of the  high heavens, flick like a flag,  and disappear; or a meteor

would crackle from darkness to darkness,  trailing a shower of  sparks behind. Then they could see the ridged

and  furrowed  surface of the floe tipped and laced with strange  coloursred,  copper, and bluish; but in the

ordinary starlight  everything  turned to one frostbitten gray. The floe, as you will  remember,  had been

battered and tormented by the autumn gales till it  was  one frozen earthquake. There were gullies and ravines,

and holes  like gravelpits, cut in ice; lumps and scattered pieces frozen  down  to the original floor of the floe;

blotches of old black  ice that had  been thrust under the floe in some gale and heaved  up again; roundish

boulders of ice; sawlike edges of ice carved  by the snow that flies  before the wind; and sunken pits where

thirty or forty acres lay below  the level of the rest of the  field. From a little distance you might  have taken the

lumps  for seal or walrus, overturned sleighs or men on  a hunting  expedition, or even the great Tenlegged

White SpiritBear  himself; but in spite of these fantastic shapes, all on the  very edge  of starting into life,

there was neither sound nor  the least faint  echo of sound. And through this silence and  through this waste,

where  the sudden lights flapped and went  out again, the sleigh and the two  that pulled it crawled like  things

in a nightmarea nightmare of the  end of the world at  the end of the world. 

When they were tired Kotuko would make what the hunters call a  "halfhouse," a very small snow hut, into

which they would  huddle  with the travellinglamp, and try to thaw out the frozen  sealmeat.  When they had

slept, the march began againthirty  miles a day to get  ten miles northward. The girl was always very  silent,

but Kotuko  muttered to himself and broke out into songs  he had learned in the  SingingHousesummer

songs, and reindeer  and salmon songsall  horribly out of place at that season.  He would declare that he

heard  the tornaq growling to him, and  would run wildly up a hummock, tossing  his arms and speaking in


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 66



Top




Page No 69


loud, threatening tones. To tell the truth,  Kotuko was very  nearly crazy for the time being; but the girl was

sure  that he  was being guided by his guardian spirit, and that everything  would come right. She was not

surprised, therefore, when at the  end  of the fourth march Kotuko, whose eyes were burning like  fireballs in

his head, told her that his tornaq was following  them across the snow  in the shape of a twoheaded dog. The

girl  looked where Kotuko  pointed, and something seemed to slip into  a ravine. It was certainly  not human,

but everybody knew that  the tornait preferred to appear in  the shape of bear and seal,  and such like. 

It might have been the Tenlegged White SpiritBear himself,  or it  might have been anything, for Kotuko

and the girl were  so starved that  their eyes were untrustworthy. They had trapped  nothing, and seen no  trace

of game since they had left the  village; their food would not  hold out for another week,  and there was a gale

coming. A Polar storm  can blow for ten days  without a break, and all that while it is  certain death to be

abroad. Kotuko laid up a snowhouse large enough  to take in the  handsleigh (never be separated from your

meat), and  while he  was shaping the last irregular block of ice that makes the  keystone of the roof, he saw a

Thing looking at him from a  little  cliff of ice half a mile away. The air was hazy, and the  Thing seemed  to be

forty feet long and ten feet high, with  twenty feet of tail and  a shape that quivered all along the  outlines. The

girl saw it too, but  instead of crying aloud with  terror, said quietly, "That is Quiquern.  What comes after?" 

"He will speak to me," said Kotuko; but the snowknife trembled  in  his hand as he spoke, because however

much a man may believe  that he  is a friend of strange and ugly spirits, he seldom likes  to be taken  quite at his

word. Quiquern, too, is the phantom of  a gigantic  toothless dog without any hair, who is supposed to  live in

the far  North, and to wander about the country just  before things are going to  happen. They may be pleasant

or  unpleasant things, but not even the  sorcerers care to speak  about Quiquern. He makes the dogs go mad.

Like  the SpiritBear,  he has several extra pairs of legs,six or  eight,and this  Thing jumping up and down

in the haze had more legs  than any  real dog needed. Kotuko and the girl huddled into their hut  quickly. Of

course if Quiquern had wanted them, he could have  torn it  to pieces above their heads, but the sense of a

foot  thick snowwall  between themselves and the wicked dark was great  comfort. The gale  broke with a

shriek of wind like the shriek of  a train, and for three  days and three nights it held, never  varying one point,

and never  lulling even for a minute. They fed  the stone lamp between their  knees, and nibbled at the

halfwarm  sealmeat, and watched the black  soot gather on the roof for  seventytwo long hours. The girl

counted  up the food in the  sleigh; there was not more than two days' supply,  and Kotuko  looked over the iron

heads and the deersinew fastenings of  his harpoon and his seallance and his birddart. There was  nothing

else to do. 

"We shall go to Sedna soonvery soon," the girl whispered.  "In  three days we shall lie down and go. Will

your tornaq do  nothing? Sing  her an angekok's song to make her come here." 

He began to sing in the highpitched howl of the magic songs,  and  the gale went down slowly. In the middle

of his song the  girl started,  laid her mittened hand and then her head to the  ice floor of the hut.  Kotuko

followed her example, and the two  kneeled, staring into each  other's eyes, and listening with  every nerve. He

ripped a thin sliver  of whalebone from the  rim of a birdsnare that lay on the sleigh, and,  after  straightening,

set it upright in a little hole in the ice,  firming it down with his mitten. It was almost as delicately  adjusted  as

a compassneedle, and now instead of listening they  watched. The  thin rod quivered a littlethe least little

jar  in the world; then it  vibrated steadily for a few seconds,  came to rest, and vibrated again,  this time

nodding to another  point of the compass. 

"Too soon!" said Kotuko. "Some big floe has broken far away  outside." 

The girl pointed at the rod, and shook her head. "It is the big  breaking," she said. "Listen to the groundice. It

knocks." 


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 67



Top




Page No 70


When they kneeled this time they heard the most curious muffled  grunts and knockings, apparently under

their feet. Sometimes it  sounded as though a blind puppy were squeaking above the lamp;  then  as if a stone

were being ground on hard ice; and again,  like muffled  blows on a drum; but all dragged out and made  small,

as though they  travelled through a little horn a weary  distance away. 

"We shall not go to Sedna lying down," said Kotuko. "It is the  breaking. The tornaq has cheated us. We shall

die." 

All this may sound absurd enough, but the two were face to face  with a very real danger. The three days' gale

had driven the  deep  water of Baffin's Bay southerly, and piled it on to the  edge of the  farreaching landice

that stretches from Bylot's  Island to the west.  Also, the strong current which sets east out  of Lancaster Sound

carried with it mile upon mile of what they  call packicerough ice  that has not frozen into fields;  and this

pack was bombarding the floe  at the same time that  the swell and heave of the stormworked sea was

weakening and  undermining it. What Kotuko and the girl had been  listening to  were the faint echoes of that

fight thirty or forty miles  away,  and the little telltale rod quivered to the shock of it. 

Now, as the Inuit say, when the ice once wakes after its  long  winter sleep, there is no knowing what may

happen,  for solid floeice  changes shape almost as quickly as a cloud.  The gale was evidently a  spring gale

sent out of time, and  anything was possible. 

Yet the two were happier in their minds than before. If the floe  broke up there would be no more waiting and

suffering. Spirits,  goblins, and witchpeople were moving about on the racking ice,  and  they might find

themselves stepping into Sedna's country  side by side  with all sorts of wild Things, the flush of  excitement

still on them.  When they left the hut after the gale,  the noise on the horizon was  steadily growing, and the

tough ice  moaned and buzzed all round them. 

"It is still waiting," said Kotuko. 

On the top of a hummock sat or crouched the eightlegged Thing  that they had seen three days beforeand

it howled horribly. 

"Let us follow," said the girl. "It may know some way that does  not lead to Sedna"; but she reeled from

weakness as she took the  pullingrope. The Thing moved off slowly and clumsily across the  ridges, heading

always toward the westward and the land, and  they  followed, while the growling thunder at the edge of the

floe rolled  nearer and nearer. The floe's lip was split and  cracked in every  direction for three or four miles

inland,  and great pans of  tenfootthick ice, from a few yards to twenty  acres square, were  jolting and

ducking and surging into one  another, and into the yet  unbroken floe, as the heavy swell took  and shook and

spouted between  them. This batteringram ice was,  so to speak, the first army that the  sea was flinging

against  the floe. The incessant crash and jar of  these cakes almost  drowned the ripping sound of sheets of

packice  driven bodily  under the floe as cards are hastily pushed under a  tablecloth.  Where the water was

shallow these sheets would be piled  one atop  of the other till the bottommost touched mud fifty feet down,

and the discoloured sea banked behind the muddy ice till the  increasing pressure drove all forward again. In

addition to the  floe  and the packice, the gale and the currents were bringing  down true  bergs, sailing

mountains of ice, snapped off from the  Greenland side  of the water or the north shore of Melville Bay.  They

pounded in  solemnly, the waves breaking white round them,  and advanced on the  floe like an oldtime fleet

under full sail.  A berg that seemed ready  to carry the world before it would  ground helplessly in deep water,

reel over, and wallow in a  lather of foam and mud and flying frozen  spray, while a much  smaller and lower

one would rip and ride into the  flat floe,  flinging tons of ice on either side, and cutting a track  half a  mile long

before it was stopped. Some fell like swords,  shearing  a rawedged canal; and others splintered into a shower

of  blocks, weighing scores of tons apiece, that whirled and skirted  among the hummocks. Others, again, rose

up bodily out of the  water  when they shoaled, twisted as though in pain, and fell  solidly on  their sides, while


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 68



Top




Page No 71


the sea threshed over their  shoulders. This  trampling and crowding and bending and buckling  and arching of

the ice  into every possible shape was going on as  far as the eye could reach  all along the north line of the floe.

>From where Kotuko and the girl  were, the confusion looked no  more than an uneasy, rippling, crawling

movement under the  horizon; but it came toward them each moment, and  they could  hear, far away to

landward a heavy booming, as it might  have  been the boom of artillery through a fog. That showed that the

floe was being jammed home against the iron cliffs of Bylot's  Island,  the land to the southward behind them. 

"This has never been before," said Kotuko, staring stupidly.  "This  is not the time. How can the floe break

NOW?" 

"Follow THAT! the girl cried, pointing to the Thing half  limping,  half running distractedly before them. They

followed,  tugging at the  hand sleigh, while nearer and nearer came the  roaring march of the  ice. At last the

fields round them cracked  and starred in every  direction, and the cracks opened and  snapped like the teeth of

wolves.  But where the Thing rested,  on a mound of old and scattered iceblocks  some fifty feet high,  there

was no motion. Kotuko leaped forward  wildly, dragging the  girl after him, and crawled to the bottom of the

mound.  The talking of the ice grew louder and louder round them,  but  the mound stayed fast, and, as the girl

looked at him,  he threw his  right elbow upward and outward, making the Inuit  sign for land in the  shape of an

island. And land it was that  the eightlegged, limping  Thing had led them tosome granite  tipped,

sandbeached islet off  the coast, shod and sheathed  and masked with ice so that no man could  have told it

from the  floe, but at the bottom solid earth, and not  shifting ice!  The smashing and rebound of the floes as

they grounded  and  splintered marked the borders of it, and a friendly shoal ran  out  to the northward, and

turned aside the rush of the heaviest  ice,  exactly as a ploughshare turns over loam. There was danger,  of

course,  that some heavily squeezed icefield might shoot up  the beach, and  plane off the top of the islet

bodily; but that  did not trouble Kotuko  and the girl when they made their snow  house and began to eat, and

heard the ice hammer and skid along  the beach. The Thing had  disappeared, and Kotuko was talking

excitedly about his power over  spirits as he crouched round the  lamp. In the middle of his wild  sayings the

girl began to laugh,  and rock herself backward and  forward. 

Behind her shoulder, crawling into the hut crawl by crawl,  there  were two heads, one yellow and one black,

that belonged to  two of the  most sorrowful and ashamed dogs that ever you saw.  Kotuko the dog was  one,

and the black leader was the other.  Both were now fat,  welllooking, and quite restored to their  proper minds,

but coupled to  each other in an extraordinary  fashion. When the black leader ran off,  you remember,  his

harness was still on him. He must have met Kotuko  the dog,  and played or fought with him, for his

shoulderloop had  caught  in the plaited copper wire of Kotuko's collar, and had drawn  tight, so that neither

could get at the trace to gnaw it apart,  but  each was fastened sidelong to his neighbour's neck.  That, with the

freedom of hunting on their own account,  must have helped to cure  their madness. They were very sober. 

The girl pushed the two shamefaced creatures towards Kotuko,  and,  sobbing with laughter, cried, "That is

Quiquern, who led  us to safe  ground. Look at his eight legs and double head!" 

Kotuko cut them free, and they fell into his arms, yellow and  black together, trying to explain how they had

got their senses  back  again. Kotuko ran a hand down their ribs, which were round  and well  clothed. "They

have found food," he said, with a grin.  "I do not think  we shall go to Sedna so soon. My tornaq sent  these.

The sickness has  left them." 

As soon as they had greeted Kotuko, these two, who had  been forced  to sleep and eat and hunt together for

the past  few weeks, flew at  each other's throat, and there was a  beautiful battle in the  snowhouse. "Empty

dogs do not fight,"  Kotuko said. "They have found  the seal. Let us sleep. We shall  find food." 

When they waked there was open water on the north beach of the  island, and all the loosened ice had been

driven landward.  The first  sound of the surf is one of the most delightful that  the Inuit can  hear, for it means


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 69



Top




Page No 72


that spring is on the road.  Kotuko and the girl  took hold of hands and smiled, for the  clear, full roar of the

surge  among the ice reminded them of  salmon and reindeer time and the smell  of blossoming ground

willows. Even as they looked, the sea began to  skim over between  the floating cakes of ice, so intense was the

cold;  but on the  horizon there was a vast red glare, and that was the light  of  the sunken sun. It was more like

hearing him yawn in his sleep  than seeing him rise, and the glare lasted for only a few  minutes,  but it marked

the turn of the year. Nothing, they felt,  could alter  that. 

Kotuko found the dogs fighting over a freshkilled seal who was  following the fish that a gale always

disturbs. He was the first  of  some twenty or thirty seal that landed on the island in the  course of  the day, and

till the sea froze hard there were  hundreds of keen black  heads rejoicing in the shallow free water  and floating

about with the  floating ice. 

It was good to eat sealliver again; to fill the lamps  recklessly  with blubber, and watch the flame blaze three

feet in  the air; but as  soon as the new seaice bore, Kotuko and the  girl loaded the  handsleigh, and made the

two dogs pull as they  had never pulled in  their lives, for they feared what might have  happened in their

village. The weather was as pitiless as usual;  but it is easier to  draw a sleigh loaded with good food than to

hunt starving. They left  fiveandtwenty seal carcasses buried  in the ice of the beach, all  ready for use, and

hurried back to  their people. The dogs showed them  the way as soon as Kotuko  told them what was expected,

and though  there was no sign of a  landmark, in two days they were giving tongue  outside Kadlu's  house.

Only three dogs answered them; the others had  been eaten,  and the houses were all dark. But when Kotuko

shouted,  "Ojo!"  (boiled meat), weak voices replied, and when he called the  muster of the village name by

name, very distinctly, there were  no  gaps in it. 

An hour later the lamps blazed in Kadlu's house; snowwater was  heating; the pots were beginning to

simmer, and the snow was  dripping  from the roof, as Amoraq made ready a meal for all the  village, and  the

boybaby in the hood chewed at a strip of rich  nutty blubber, and  the hunters slowly and methodically filled

themselves to the very brim  with sealmeat. Kotuko and the  girl told their tale. The two dogs sat  between

them, and  whenever their names came in, they cocked an ear  apiece and  looked most thoroughly ashamed of

themselves. A dog who has  once gone mad and recovered, the Inuit say, is safe against  all  further attacks. 

"So the tornaq did not forget us," said Kotuko. The storm blew,  the ice broke, and the seal swam in behind

the fish that were  frightened by the storm. Now the new sealholes are not two days  distant. Let the good

hunters go tomorrow and bring back the  seal I  have spearedtwentyfive seal buried in the ice. When we

have eaten  those we will all follow the seal on the floe." 

"What do YOU do?" said the sorcerer in the same sort of voice as  he used to Kadlu, richest of the

Tununirmiut. 

Kadlu looked at the girl from the North, and said quietly,  "WE  build a house." He pointed to the northwest

side of Kadlu's  house,  for that is the side on which the married son or daughter  always  lives. 

The girl turned her hands palm upward, with a little despairing  shake of her head. She was a foreigner, picked

up starving,  and could  bring nothing to the housekeeping. 

Amoraq jumped from the bench where she sat, and began to sweep  things into the girl's lapstone lamps,

iron skinscrapers,  tin  kettles, deer skins embroidered with muskox teeth, and  real  canvasneedles such as

sailors usethe finest dowry that  has ever  been given on the far edge of the Arctic Circle, and  the girl from

the  North bowed her head down to the very floor. 

"Also these!" said Kotuko, laughing and signing to the dogs,  who  thrust their cold muzzles into the girl's face. 


The Second Jungle Book

QUIQUERN 70



Top




Page No 73


"Ah," said the angekok, with an important cough, as though he  had  been thinking it all over. "As soon as

Kotuko left the  village I went  to the SingingHouse and sang magic. I sang all  the long nights, and  called

upon the Spirit of the Reindeer.  MY singing made the gale blow  that broke the ice and drew the  two dogs

toward Kotuko when the ice  would have crushed his  bones. MY song drew the seal in behind the  broken ice.

My body lay still in the quaggi, but my spirit ran about  on the  ice, and guided Kotuko and the dogs in all the

things they did.  I did it." 

Everybody was full and sleepy, so no one contradicted; and the  angekok, by virtue of his office, helped

himself to yet another  lump  of boiled meat, and lay down to sleep with the others in  the warm,  welllighted,

oilsmelling home. 

..... 

Now Kotuko, who drew very well in the Inuit fashion, scratched  pictures of all these adventures on a long,

flat piece of ivory  with  a hole at one end. When he and the girl went north to  Ellesmere Land  in the year of

the Wonderful Open Winter, he left  the picturestory  with Kadlu, who lost it in the shingle when  his

dogsleigh broke down  one summer on the beach of Lake  Netilling at Nikosiring, and there a  Lake Inuit

found it next  spring and sold it to a man at Imigen who was  interpreter on a  Cumberland Sound whaler, and

he sold it to Hans  Olsen, who was  afterward a quartermaster on board a big steamer that  took  tourists to the

North Cape in Norway. When the tourist season  was over, the steamer ran between London and Australia,

stopping  at  Ceylon, and there Olsen sold the ivory to a Cingalese  jeweller for two  imitation sapphires. I found

it under some  rubbish in a house at  Colombo, and have translated it from one  end to the other. 

'ANGUTIVAUN TAINA'

[This is a very free translation of the Song of the Returning

Hunter, as the men used to sing it after sealspearing.

The Inuit always repeat things over and over again.]

   Our gloves are stiff with the frozen blood,

     Our furs with the drifted snow,

   As we come in with the sealthe seal!

     In from the edge of the floe.

   Au jana! Aua! Oha! Haq!

     And the yelping dogteams go,

   And the long whips crack, and the men come back,

     Back from the edge of the floe !

   We tracked our seal to his secret place,

     We heard him scratch below,

   We made our mark, and we watched beside,

     Out on the edge of the floe.

   We raised our lance when he rose to breathe,

     We drove it downwardso!

   And we played him thus, and we killed him thus,

     Out on the edge of the floe.

   Our gloves are glued with the frozen blood,

     Our eyes with the drifting snow;

   But we come back to our wives again,

     Back from the edge of the floe!

   Au jana! Aua! Oha! Haq!

     And the loaded dogteams go,


The Second Jungle Book

'ANGUTIVAUN TAINA' 71



Top




Page No 74


And the wives can hear their men come back.

     Back from the edge of the floe!

RED DOG

For our white and our excellent nightsfor the nights of

      swift running.

    Fair ranging, far seeing, good hunting, sure cunning!

For the smells of the dawning, untainted, ere dew has departed!

For the rush through the mist, and the quarry blindstarted!

For the cry of our mates when the sambhur has wheeled and is

      standing at bay,

          For the risk and the riot of night!

          For the sleep at the lairmouth by day,

          It is met, and we go to the fight.

                            Bay! O Bay!

It was after the letting in of the Jungle that the pleasantest  part of Mowgli's life began. He had the good

conscience that  comes  from paying debts; all the Jungle was his friend, and just  a little  afraid of him. The

things that he did and saw and heard  when he was  wandering from one people to another, with or  without his

four  companions, would make many many stories,  each as long as this one. So  you will never be told how he

met  the Mad Elephant of Mandla, who  killed twoandtwenty bullocks  drawing eleven carts of coined silver

to the Government  Treasury, and scattered the shiny rupees in the  dust; how he  fought Jacala, the Crocodile,

all one long night in the  Marshes  of the North, and broke his skinningknife on the brute's  back  plates; how

he found a new and longer knife round the neck of a  man who had been killed by a wild boar, and how he

tracked that  boar  and killed him as a fair price for the knife; how he was  caught up  once in the Great Famine,

by the moving of the deer,  and nearly  crushed to death in the swaying hot herds; how he  saved Hathi the

Silent from being once more trapped in a pit  with a stake at the  bottom, and how, next day, he himself fell

into a very cunning  leopardtrap, and how Hathi broke the thick  wooden bars to pieces  above him; how he

milked the wild  buffaloes in the swamp, and how 

But we must tell one tale at a time. Father and Mother Wolf  died,  and Mowgli rolled a big boulder against the

mouth of their  cave, and  cried the Death Song over them; Baloo grew very old  and stiff, and  even Bagheera,

whose nerves were steel and whose  muscles were iron,  was a shade slower on the kill than he had  been.

Akela turned from  gray to milky white with pure age;  his ribs stuck out, and he walked  as though he had been

made  of wood, and Mowgli killed for him. But the  young wolves,  the children of the disbanded Seeonee

Pack, throve and  increased, and when there were about forty of them, masterless,  fullvoiced, cleanfooted

fiveyearolds, Akela told them that  they  ought to gather themselves together ahd follow the Law,  and run

under  one head, as befitted the Free People. 

This was not a question in which Mowgli concerned himself, for,  as  he said, he had eaten sour fruit, and he

knew the tree it  hung from;  but when Phao, son of Phaona (his father was the Gray  Tracker in the  days of

Akela's headship), fought his way to the  leadership of the  Pack, according to the Jungle Law, and the old  calls

and songs began  to ring under the stars once more, Mowgli  came to the Council Rock for  memory's sake.

When he chose to  speak the Pack waited till he had  finished, and he sat at  Akela's side on the rock above

Phao. Those  were days of good  hunting and good sleeping. No stranger cared to  break into the  jungles that

belonged to Mowgli's people, as they  called the  Pack, and the young wolves grew fat and strong, and there

were  many cubs to bring to the Lookingover. Mowgli always attended  a  Lookingover, remembering the

night when a black panther  bought a  naked brown baby into the pack, and the long call,  "Look, look well, O

Wolves," made his heart flutter. Otherwise,  he would be far away in  the Jungle with his four brothers,  tasting,

touching, seeing, and  feeling new things. 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 72



Top




Page No 75


One twilight when he was trotting leisurely across the ranges  to  give Akela the half of a buck that he had

killed, while the  Four  jogged behind him, sparring a little, and tumbling one  another over  for joy of being

alive, he heard a cry that had  never been heard since  the bad days of Shere Khan. It was what  they call in the

Jungle the  pheeal, a hideous kind of shriek  that the jackal gives when he is  hunting behind a tiger, or when

there is a big killing afoot. If you  can imagine a mixture of  hate, triumph, fear, and despair, with a kind  of leer

running  through it, you will get some notion of the pheeal  that rose and  sank and wavered and quavered far

away across the  Waingunga.  The Four stopped at once, bristling and growling. Mowgli's  hand  went to his

knife, and he checked, the blood in his face,  his  eyebrows knotted. 

"There is no Striped One dare kill here," he said. 

"That is not the cry of the Forerunner," answered Gray Brother.  "It is some great killing. Listen!" 

It broke out again, half sobbing and half chuckling, just as  though the jackal had soft human lips. Then

Mowgli drew deep  breath,  and ran to the Council Rock, overtaking on his way  hurrying wolves of  the Pack.

Phao and Akela were on the Rock  together, and below them,  every nerve strained, sat the others.  The mothers

and the cubs were  cantering off to their lairs;  for when the pheeal cries it is no time  for weak things to  be

abroad. 

They could hear nothing except the Waingunga rushing and  gurgling  in the dark, and the light evening winds

among the  treetops, till  suddenly across the river a wolf called. It was  no wolf of the Pack,  for they were all

at the Rock. The note  changed to a long, despairing  bay; and "Dhole!" it said, "Dhole!  dhole! dhole!" They

heard tired  feet on the rocks, and a gaunt  wolf, streaked with red on his flanks,  his right forepaw  useless,

and his jaws white with foam, flung  himself into the  circle and lay gasping at Mowgli's feet. 

"Good hunting! Under whose Headship?" said Phao gravely. 

"Good hunting! Wontolla am I," was the answer. He meant that  he  was a solitary wolf, fending for himself,

his mate, and his  cubs in  some lonely lair, as do many wolves in the south.  Wontolla means an  Outlierone

who lies out from any Pack.  Then he panted, and they  could see his heartbeats shake him  backward and

forward. 

"What moves?" said Phao, for that is the question all the Jungle  asks after the pheeal cries. 

"The dhole, the dhole of the DekkanRed Dog, the Killer!  They  came north from the south saying the

Dekkan was empty and  killing out  by the way. When this moon was new there were four  to memy mate

and  three cubs. She would teach them to kill on  the grass plains, hiding  to drive the buck, as we do who are of

the open. At midnight I heard  them together, full tongue on the  trail. At the dawnwind I found them  stiff in

the grassfour,  Free People, four when this moon was new.  Then sought I my  BloodRight and found the

dhole." 

"How many?" said Mowgli quickly; the Pack growled deep in  their  throats. 

"I do not know. Three of them will kill no more, but at the last  they drove me like the buck; on my three legs

they drove me.  Look,  Free People!" 

He thrust out his mangled forefoot, all dark with dried blood.  There were cruel bites low down on his side,

and his throat was  torn  and worried. 

"Eat," said Akela, rising up from the meat Mowgli had brought  him,  and the Outlier flung himself on it. 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 73



Top




Page No 76


"This shall be no loss," he said humbly, when he had taken off  the  first edge of his hunger. "Give me a little

strength, Free  People, and  I also will kill. My lair is empty that was full  when this moon was  new, and the

Blood Debt is not all paid." 

Phao heard his teeth crack on a haunchbone and grunted  approvingly. 

"We shall need those jaws," said he. "Were there cubs with  the  dhole?" 

"Nay, nay. Red Hunters all: grown dogs of their Pack, heavy and  strong for all that they eat lizards in the

Dekkan." 

What Wontolla had said meant that the dhole, the red hunting  dog  of the Dekkan, was moving to kill, and

the Pack knew well  that even  the tiger will surrender a new kill to the dhole.  They drive straight  through the

Jungle, and what they meet they  pull down and tear to  pieces. Though they are not as big nor  half as cunning

as the wolf,  they are very strong and very  numerous. The dhole, for instance, do  not begin to call  themselves

a pack till they are a hundred strong;  whereas forty  wolves make a very fair pack indeed. Mowgli's

wanderings  had  taken him to the edge of the high grassy downs of the Dekkan,  and  he had seen the fearless

dholes sleeping and playing and  scratching  themselves in the little hollows and tussocks that  they use for

lairs.  He despised and hated them because they did  not smell like the Free  People, because they did not live in

caves, and, above all, because  they had hair between their toes  while he and his friends were  cleanfooted.

But he knew, for  Hathi had told him, what a terrible  thing a dhole huntingpack  was. Even Hathi moves aside

from their  line, and until they are  killed, or till game is scarce, they will go  forward. 

Akela knew something of the dholes, too, for he said to Mowgli  quietly, "It is better to die in a Full Pack than

leaderless and  alone. This is good hunting, andmy last. But, as men live,  thou  hast very many more nights

and days, Little Brother.  Go north and lie  down, and if any live after the dhole has gone  by he shall bring thee

word of the fight." 

"Ah," said Mowgli, quite gravely, "must I go to the marshes and  catch little fish and sleep in a tree, or must I

ask help of the  Bandarlog and crack nuts, while the Pack fight below?" 

"It is to the death," said Akela. "Thou hast never met the  dholethe Red Killer. Even the Striped One" 

"Aowa! Aowa!" said Mowgli pettingly. "I have killed one striped  ape, and sure am I in my stomach that

Shere Khan would have left  his  own mate for meat to the dhole if he had winded a pack  across three  ranges.

Listen now: There was a wolf, my father,  and there was a wolf,  my mother, and there was an old gray wolf

(not too wise: he is white  now) was my father and my mother.  Therefore I" he raised his voice,  "I say that

when the dhole  come, and if the dhole come, Mowgli and the  Free People are of  one skin for that hunting ;

and I say, by the Bull  that bought  meby the Bull Bagheera paid for me in the old days which  ye of  the Pack

do not remember_I_ say, that the Trees and the River  may hear and hold fast if I forget; _I_ say that this

my knife  shall  be as a tooth to the Packand I do not think it is so  blunt. This is  my Word which has gone

from me." 

"Thou dost not know the dhole, man with a wolf's tongue," said  Wontolla. "I look only to clear the Blood

Debt against them ere  they  have me in many pieces. They move slowly, killing out as  they go, but  in two

days a little strength will come back to me  and I turn again  for the Blood Debt. But for YE, Free People,  my

word is that ye go  north and eat but little for a while till  the dhole are gone. There is  no meat in this hunting." 

"Hear the Outlier!" said Mowgli with a laugh. Free People,  we must  go north and dig lizards and rats from

the bank, lest by  any chance we  meet the dhole. He must kill out our hunting  grounds, while we lie  hid in

the north till it please him to  give us our own again. He is a  dogand the pup of a dogred,  yellowbellied,


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 74



Top




Page No 77


lairless, and haired  between every toe!  He counts his cubs six and eight at the litter, as  though he  were Chikai,

the little leaping rat. Surely we must run  away,  Free People, and beg leave of the peoples of the north for the

offal of dead cattle! Ye know the saying: 'North are the vermin;  south are the lice. WE are the Jungle.' Choose

ye, O choose.  It is  good hunting! For the Packfor the Full Packfor the  lair and the  litter; for the inkill

and the outkill; for the  mate that drives the  doe and the little, little cub within the  cave; it is met!it is

met!it is met!" 

The Pack answered with one deep, crashing bark that sounded in  the  night like a big tree falling. "It is met!"

they cried.  "Stay with  these," said Mowgli to the Four. We shall need every  tooth. Phao and  Akela must make

ready the battle. I go to count  the dogs." 

"It is death!" Wontolla cried, half rising. What can such a  hairless one do against the Red Dog? Even the

Striped One,  remember" 

"Thou art indeed an Outlier," Mowgli called back; "but we will  speak when the dholes are dead. Good

hunting all!" 

He hurried off into the darkness, wild with excitement, hardly  looking where he set foot, and the natural

consequence was that  he  tripped full length over Kaa's great coils where the python  lay  watching a deerpath

near the river. 

"Kssha!" said Kaa angrily. "Is this junglework, to stamp and  tramp and undo a night's huntingwhen the

game are moving so  well,  too?" 

"The fault was mine," said Mowgli, picking himself up. "Indeed  I  was seeking thee, Flathead, but each time

we meet thou art  longer and  broader by the length of my arm. There is none like  thee in the  Jungle, wise, old,

strong, and most beautiful Kaa." 

"Now whither does THIS trail lead?" Kaa's voice was gentler.  "Not  a moon since there was a Manling with a

knife threw stones  at my head  and called me bad little treecat names, because I  lay asleep in the  open." 

"Ay, and turned every driven deer to all the winds, and Mowgli  was  hunting, and this same Flathead was too

deaf to hear his  whistle, and  leave the deerroads free," Mowgli answered  composedly, sitting down  among

the painted coils. 

"Now this same Manling comes with soft, tickling words to this  same Flathead, telling him that he is wise

and strong and  beautiful,  and this same old Flathead believes and makes a  place, thus, for this  same

stonethrowing Manling, andArt thou  at ease now? Could Bagheera  give thee so good a restingplace?" 

Kaa had, as usual, made a sort of soft halfhammock of himself  under Mowgli's weight. The boy reached out

in the darkness,  and  gathered in the supple cablelike neck till Kaa's head  rested on his  shoulder, and then he

told him all that had  happened in the Jungle  that night. 

"Wise I may be," said Kaa at the end; "but deaf I surely am.  Else  I should have heard the pheeal. Small

wonder the Eaters of  Grass are  uneasy. How many be the dhole?" 

"I have not yet seen. I came hotfoot to thee. Thou art older  than  Hathi. But oh, Kaa,"here Mowgli

wriggled with sheerjoy,  "it will  be good hunting. Few of us will see another moon." 

"Dost THOU strike in this? Remember thou art a Man; and remember  what Pack cast thee out. Let the Wolf

look to the Dog. THOU art  a  Man." 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 75



Top




Page No 78


"Last year's nuts are this year's black earth," said Mowgli.  "It  is true that I am a Man, but it is in my stomach

that this  night I  have said that I am a Wolf. I called the River and the  Trees to  remember. I am of the Free

People, Kaa, till the dhole  has gone by." 

"Free People," Kaa grunted. "Free thieves! And thou hast tied  thyself into the deathknot for the sake of the

memory of the  dead  wolves? This is no good hunting." 

"It is my Word which I have spoken. The Trees know, the  River  knows. Till the dhole have gone by my

Word comes not  back to me." 

"Ngssh! This changes all trails. I had thought to take thee  away  with me to the northern marshes, but the

Wordeven the  Word of a  little, naked, hairless Manlingis the Word.  Now I, Kaa, say" 

"Think well, Flathead, lest thou tie thyself into the deathknot  also. I need no Word from thee, for well I

know" 

"Be it so, then," said Kaa. "I will give no Word; but what is in  thy stomach to do when the dhole come?" 

"They must swim the Waingunga. I thought to meet them with my  knife in the shallows, the Pack behind me;

and so stabbing and  thrusting, we a little might turn them downstream, or cool  their  throats." 

"The dhole do not turn and their throats are hot," said Kaa.  "There will be neither Manling nor Wolfcub

when that hunting is  done, but only dry bones." 

"Alala! If we die, we die. It will be most good hunting. But my  stomach is young, and I have not seen many

Rains. I am not wise  nor  strong. Hast thou a better plan, Kaa?" 

"I have seen a hundred and a hundred Rains. Ere Hathi cast  his  milktushes my trail was big in the dust. By

the First Egg,  I am older  than many trees, and I have seen all that the Jungle  has done." 

"But THIS is new hunting," said Mowgli. "Never before have the  dhole crossed our trail." 

"What is has been. What will be is no more than a forgotten year  striking backward. Be still while I count

those my years." 

For a long hour Mowgli lay back among the coils, while Kaa,  his  head motionless on the ground, thought of

all that he had  seen and  known since the day he came from the egg. The light  seemed to go out  of his eyes

and leave them like stale opals,  and now and again he made  little stiff passes with his head,  right and left, as

though he were  hunting in his sleep.  Mowgli dozed quietly, for he knew that there is  nothing like  sleep before

hunting, and he was trained to take it at  any hour  of the day or night. 

Then he felt Kaa's back grow bigger and broader below him as the  huge python puffed himself out, hissing

with the noise of a  sword  drawn from a steel scabbard. 

"I have seen all the dead seasons," Kaa said at last, "and the  great trees and the old elephants, and the rocks

that were  bare and  sharppointed ere the moss grew. Art THOU still  alive, Manling?" 

"It is only a little after moonset," said Mowgli. I do not  understand" 

"Hssh! I am again Kaa. I knew it was but a little time. Now we  will go to the river, and I will show thee what

is to be done  against  the dhole." 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 76



Top




Page No 79


He turned, straight as an arrow, for the main stream of the  Waingunga, plunging in a little above the pool that

hid the  Peace  Rock, Mowgli at his side. 

"Nay, do not swim. I go swiftly. My back, Little Brother." 

Mowgli tucked his left arm round Kaa's neck, dropped his right  close to his body, and straightened his feet.

Then Kaa breasted  the  current as he alone could, and the ripple of the checked  water stood  up in a frill round

Mowgli's neck, and his feet were  waved to and fro  in the eddy under the python's lashing sides.  A mile or two

above the  Peace Rock the Waingunga narrows between  a gorge of marble rocks from  eighty to a hundred feet

high, and  the current runs like a millrace  between and over all manner of  ugly stones. But Mowgli did not

trouble  his head about the  water; little water in the world could have given  him a moment's  fear. He was

looking at the gorge on either side and  sniffing  uneasily, for there was a sweetishsourish smell in the air,

very like the smell of a big anthill on a hot day.  Instinctively he  lowered himself in the water, only raising

his  head to breathe from  time to time, and Kaa came to anchor with a  double twist of his tail  round a sunken

rock, holding Mowgli in  the hollow of a coil, while the  water raced on. 

"This is the Place of Death," said the boy. "Why do we  come here?" 

"They sleep," said Kaa. "Hathi will not turn aside for the  Striped  One. Yet Hathi and the Striped One together

turn aside  for the dhole,  and the dhole they say turn aside for nothing.  And yet for whom do the  Little People

of the Rocks turn aside?  Tell me, Master of the Jungle,  who is the Master of the Jungle?" 

"These," Mowgli whispered. "It is the Place of Death.  Let us go." 

"Nay, look well, for they are asleep. It is as it was when I was  not the length of thy arm." 

The split and weatherworn rocks of the gorge of the Waingunga  had  been used since the beginning of the

Jungle by the Little  People of  the Rocksthe busy, furious, black wild bees of  India; and, as Mowgli  knew

well, all trails turned off half a  mile before they reached the  gorge. For centuries the Little  People had hived

and swarmed from  cleft to cleft, and swarmed  again, staining the white marble with  stale honey, and made

their combs tall and deep in the dark of the  inner caves, where  neither man nor beast nor fire nor water had

ever  touched them.  The length of the gorge on both siaes was hung as it  were with  black shimmery velvet

curtains, and Mowgli sank as he  looked,  for those were the clotted millions of the sleeping bees.  There were

other lumps and festoons and things like decayed  treetrunks studded on the face of the rock, the old combs

of  past  years, or new cities built in the shadow of the windless  gorge, and  huge masses of spongy, rotten trash

had rolled down  and stuck among  the trees and creepers that clung to the rock  face. As he listened he  heard

more than once the rustle and  slide of a honeyloaded comb  turning over or failing away  somewhere in the

dark galleries; then a  booming of angry wings,  and the sullen drip, drip, drip, of the wasted  honey, guttering

along till it lipped over some ledge in the open air  and  sluggishly trickled down on the twigs. There was a

tiny little  beach, not five feet broad, on one side of the river, and that  was  piled high with the rubbish of

uncounted years. There were  dead bees,  drones, sweepings, and stale combs, and wings of  marauding moths

that  had strayed in after honey, all tumbled in  smooth piles of the finest  black dust. The mere sharp smell of  it

was enough to frighten anything  that had no wings, and knew  what the Little People were. 

Kaa moved upstream again till he came to a sandy bar at the  head  of the gorge. 

"Here is this season's kill," said he. "Look!" On the bank lay  the  skeletons of a couple of young deer and a

buffalo.  Mowgli could see  that neither wolf nor jackal had touched the  hones, which were laid  out naturally. 

"They came beyond the line;, they did not know the Law,"  murmured  Mowgli, "and the Little People killed

them. Let us  go ere they wake." 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 77



Top




Page No 80


"They do not wake till the dawn," said Kaa. "Now I will tell  thee.  A hunted buck from the south, many, many

Rains ago,  came hither from  the south, not knowing the Jungle, a Pack on  his trail. Being made  blind by fear,

he leaped from above,  the Pack running by sight, for  they were hot and blind on the  trail. The sun was high,

and the Little  People were many and  very angry. Many, too, were those of the Pack who  leaped into  the

Waingunga, but they were dead ere they took water.  Those who  did not leap died also in the rocks above. But

the buck  lived." 

"How?" 

"Because he came first, running for his life, leaping ere the  Little People were aware, and was in the river

when they  gathered to  kill. The Pack, following, was altogether lost  under the weight of the  Little People." 

"The buck lived?" Mowgli repeated slowly. 

"At least he did not die THEN, though none waited his coming  down  with a strong body to hold him safe

against the water,  as a certain  old fat, deaf, yellow Flathead would wait for a  Manlingyea, though  there

were all the dholes of the Dekkan on  his trail. What is in thy  stomach?" Kaa's head was close to  Mowgli's ear;

and it was a little  time before the boy answered. 

"It is to pull the very whiskers of Death, butKaa, thou art,  indeed, the wisest of all the Jungle." 

"So many have said. Look now, if the dhole follow thee" 

"As surely they will follow. Ho! ho! I have many little thorns  under my tongue to prick into their hides." 

"If they follow thee hot and blind, looking only at thy  shoulders,  those who do not die up above will take

water either  here or lower  down, for the Little People will rise up and cover  them. Now the  Waingunga is

hungry water, and they will have no  Kaa to hold them, but  will go down, such as live, to the  shallows by the

Seeonee Lairs, and  there thy Pack may meet  them by the throat." 

"Ahai! Eowawa! Better could not be till the Rains fall in the  dry  season. There is now only the little matter of

the run and  the leap. I  will make me known to the dholes, so that they shall  follow me very  closely." 

"Hast thou seen the rocks above thee? From the landward side?" 

"Indeed, no. That I had forgotten." 

"Go look. It is all rotten ground, cut and full of holes. One of  thy clumsy feet set down without seeing would

end the hunt.  See, I  leave thee here, and for thy sake only I will carry word  to the Pack  that they may know

where to look for the dhole.  For myself, I am not  of one skin with ANY wolf." 

When Kaa disliked an acquaintance he could be more unpleasant  than  any of the Jungle People, except

perhaps Bagheera. He swam  downstream, and opposite the Rock he came on Phao and Akela  listening to

the night noises. 

"Hssh! Dogs," he said cheerfully. "The dholes will come down  stream. If ye be not afraid ye can kill them in

the shallows." 

"When come they?" said Phao. "And where is my Mancub?"  said  Akela. 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 78



Top




Page No 81


"They come when they come," said Kaa. "Wait and see. As for THY  Mancub, from whom thou hast taken a

Word and so laid him open  to  Death, THY Mancub is with ME, and if he be not already dead  the fault  is

none of thine, bleached dog! Wait here for the  dhole, and he glad  that the Man cub and I strike on thy side." 

Kaa flashed upstream again, and moored himself in the middle of  the gorge, looking upward at the line of

the cliff. Presently he  saw  Mowgli's head move against the stars, and then there was a  whizz in  the air, the

keen, clean schloop of a body falling feet  first, and  next minute the boy was at rest again in the loop of  Kaa's

body. 

"It is no leap by night," said Mowgli quietly. "I have jumped  twice as far for sport; but that is an evil place

abovelow  bushes  and gullies that go down very deep, all full of the  Little People. I  have put big stones one

above the other by  the side of three gullies.  These I shall throw down with my  feet in running, and the Little

People will rise up behind me,  very angry." 

"That is Man's talk and Man's cunning," said Kaa. "Thou art  wise,  but the Little People are always angry." 

"Nay, at twilight all wings near and far rest for a while.  I will  play with the dhole at twilight, for the dhole

hunts best  by day. He  follows now Wontolla's bloodtrail." 

"Chil does not leave a dead ox, nor the dhole the bloodtrail,"  said Kaa. 

"Then I will make him a new bloodtrail, of his own blood, if  I  can, and give him dirt to eat. Thou wilt stay

here, Kaa,  till I come  again with my dholes?" 

"Ay, but what if they kill thee in the Jungle, or the Little  People kill thee before thou canst leap down to the

river?" 

"When tomorrow comes we will kill for tomorrow," said Mowgli,  quoting a Jungle saying; and again,

"When I am dead it is time  to  sing the Death Song. Good hunting, Kaa!" 

He loosed his arm from the python's neck and went down the gorge  like a log in a freshet, paddling toward

the far bank, where he  found  slackwater, and laughing aloud from sheer happiness.  There was  nothing

Mowgli liked better than, as he himself said,  "to pull the  whiskers of Death," and make the Jungle know that

he was their  overlord. He had often, with Baloo's help, robbed  bees' nests in  single trees, and he knew that the

Little People  hated the smell of  wild garlic. So he gathered a small bundle of  it, tied it up with a  bark string,

and then followed Wontolla's  bloodtrail, as it ran  southerly from the Lairs, for some five  miles, looking at

the trees  with his head on one side, and  chuckling as he looked. 

"Mowgli the Frog have I been," said he to himself; "Mowgli the  Wolf have I said that I am. Now Mowgli the

Ape must I be before  I am  Mowgli the Buck. At the end I shall be Mowgli the Man.  Ho!" and he  slid his

thumb along the eighteeninch blade of  his knife. 

Wontolla's trail, all rank with dark bloodspots, ran under  a  forest of thick trees that grew close together and

stretched  away  northeastward, gradually growing thinner and thinner to  within two  miles of the Bee Rocks.

From the last tree to the low  scrub of the Bee  Rocks was open country, where there was hardly  cover enough

to hide a  wolf. Mowgli trotted along under the  trees, judging distances between  branch and branch,

occasionally  climbing up a trunk and taking a trial  leap from one tree to  another till he came to the open

ground, which  he studied very  carefully for an hour. Then he turned, picked up  Wontolla's  trail where he

had left it, settled himself in a tree with  an  outrunning branch some eight feet from the ground, and sat  still,

sharpening his knife on the sole of his foot and singing  to himself. 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 79



Top




Page No 82


A little before midday, when the sun was very warm, he heard  the  patter of feet and smelt the abominable

smell of the dhole  pack as  they trotted pitilessly along Wontolla's trail.  Seen from above, the  red dhole

does not look half the size of  a wolf, but Mowgli knew how  strong his feet and jaws were.  He watched the

sharp bay head of the  leader snuffing along the  trail, and gave him "Good hunting!" 

The brute looked up, and his companions halted behind him,  scores  and scores of red dogs with lowhung

tails, heavy  shoulders, weak  quarters, and bloody mouths. The dholes are  a very silent people as a  rule, and

they have no manners even  in their own Jungle. Fully two  hundred must have gathered  below him, but he

could see that the  leaders sniffed hungrily  on Wontolla's trail, and tried to drag the  Pack forward.  That

would never do, or they would be at the Lairs in  broad daylight, and Mowgli meant to hold them under his

tree till  dusk. 

"By whose leave do ye come here?" said Mowgli. 

"All Jungles are our Jungle," was the reply, and the dhole that  gave it bared his white teeth. Mowgli looked

down with a smile,  and  imitated perfectly the sharp chitterchatter of Chikai,  the leaping  rat of the Dekkan,

meaning the dholes to understand  that he considered  them no better than Chikai. The Pack closed  up round

the treetrunk  and the leader bayed savagely, calling  Mowgli a treeape. For an  answer Mowgli stretched

down one naked  leg and wriggled his bare toes  just above the leader's head.  That was enough, and more than

enough,  to wake the Pack to  stupid rage. Those who have hair between their  toes do not care  to be reminded

of it. Mowgli caught his foot away as  the leader  leaped up, and said sweetly: Dog, red dog! Go back to the

Dekkan  and eat lizards. Go to Chikai thy brotherdog, dogred,  red  dog! There is hair between every toe!"

He twiddled his toes  a second  time. 

"Come down ere we starve thee out, hairless ape!" yelled the  Pack,  and this was exactly what Mowgli

wanted. He laid himself  down along  the branch, his cheek to the bark, his right arm  free, and there he  told the

Pack what he thought and knew about  them, their manners,  their customs, their mates, and their  puppies.

There is no speech in  the world so rancorous and so  stinging as the language the Jungle  People use to show

scorn and  contempt. When you come to think of it  you will see how this  must be so. As Mowgli told Kaa, he

had many  little thorns under  his tongue, and slowly and deliberately he drove  the dholes from  silence to

growls, from growls to yells, and from  yells to  hoarse slavery ravings. They tried to answer his taunts, but  a

cub might as well have tried to answer Kaa in a rage; and all  the  while Mowgli's right hand lay crooked at his

side, ready for  action,  his feet locked round the branch. The big bay leader had  leaped many  times in the air,

but Mowgli dared not risk a false  blow. At last,  made furious beyond his natural strength,  he bounded up

seven or eight  feet clear of the ground.  Then Mowgli's hand shot out like the head of  a treesnake,  and

gripped him by the scruff of his neck, and the  branch shook  with the jar as his weight fell back, almost

wrenching  Mowgli to  the ground. But he never loosed his grip, and inch by inch  he  hauled the beast, hanging

like a drowned jackal, up on the  branch.  With his left hand he reached for his knife and cut off  the red, bushy

tail, flinging the dhole back to earth again.  That was all he needed.  The Pack would not go forward on

Wontolla's trail now till they had  killed Mowgli or Mowgli had  killed them. He saw them settle down in

circles with a quiver of  the haunches that meant they were going to  stay, and so he  climbed to a higher crotch,

settled his back  comfortably,  and went to sleep. 

After three or four hours he waked and counted the Pack.  They were  all there, silent, husky, and dry, with

eyes of steel.  The sun was  beginning to sink. In half an hour the Little People  of the Rocks  would be ending

their labours, and, as you know,  the dhole does not  fight best in the twilight. 

"I did not need such faithful watchers," he said politely,  standing up on a branch, "but I will remember this.

Ye be true  dholes, but to my thinking over much of one kind. For that  reason I  do not give the big

lizardeater his tail again.  Art thou not pleased,  Red Dog?" 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 80



Top




Page No 83


"I myself will tear out thy stomach!" yelled the leader,  scratching at the foot of the tree. 

"Nay, but consider, wise rat of the Dekkan. There will now be  many  litters of little tailless red dogs, yea, with

raw red  stumps that  sting when the sand is hot. Go home, Red Dog,  and cry that an ape has  done this. Ye will

not go? Come, then,  with me, and I will make you  very wise!" 

He moved, Bandarlog fashion, into the next tree, and so on into  the next and the next, the Pack following

with lifted hungry  heads.  Now and then he would pretend to fall, and the Pack would  tumble one  over the

other in their haste to be at the death.  It was a curious  sightthe boy with the knife that shone in the  low

sunlight as it  sifted through the upper branches, and the  silent Pack with their red  coats all aflame, huddling

and  following below. When he came to the  last tree he took the  garlic and rubbed himself all over carefully,

and the dholes  yelled with scorn. "Ape with a wolf's tongue, dost thou  think to  cover thy scent?" they said.

"We follow to the death." 

"Take thy tail," said Mowgli, flinging it back along the course  he  had taken. The Pack instinctively rushed

after it.  "And follow nowto  the death." 

He had slipped down the treetrunk, and headed like the wind  in  bare feet for the Bee Rocks, before the

dholes saw what  he would do. 

They gave one deep howl, and settled down to the long, lobbing  canter that can at the last run down anything

that runs.  Mowgli knew  their packpace to be much slower than that of the  wolves, or he would  never have

risked a twomile run in full  sight. They were sure that  the boy was theirs at last, and he  was sure that he held

them to play  with as he pleased. All his  trouble was to keep them sufficiently hot  behind him to prevent  their

turning off too soon. He ran cleanly,  evenly, and  springily; the tailless leader not five yards behind him;  and

the Pack tailing out over perhaps a quarter of a mile of  ground,  crazy and blind with the rage of slaughter. So

he kept  his distance by  ear, reserving his last effort for the rush  across the Bee Rocks. 

The Little People had gone to sleep in the early twilight,  for it  was not the season of late blossoming flowers;

but as  Mowgli's first  foot falls rang hollow on the hollow ground he  heard a sound as  though all the earth

were humming. Then he ran  as he had never run in  his life before, spurned aside onetwo  three of the

piles of stones  into the dark, sweetsmelling  gullies; heard a roar like the roar of  the sea in a cave;  saw with

the tail of his eye the air grow dark  behind him;  saw the current of the Waingunga far below, and a flat,

diamond  shaped head in the water; leaped outward with all his  strength,  the tailless dhole snapping at his

shoulder in midair, and  dropped feet first to the safety of the river, breathless and  triumphant. There was not

a sting upon him, for the smell of the  garlic had checked the Little People for just the few seconds  that he  was

among them. When he rose Kaa's coils were steadying  him and things  were bounding over the edge of the

cliffgreat  lumps, it seemed, of  clustered bees falling like plummets;  but before any lump touched  water the

bees flew upward and the  body of a dhole whirled  downstream. Overhead they could hear  furious short yells

that were  drowned in a roar like breakers  the roar of the wings of the Little  People of the Rocks. Some of

the dholes, too, had fallen into the  gullies that communicated  with the underground caves, and there choked

and fought and  snapped among the tumbled honeycombs, and at last,  borne up,  even when they were dead, on

the heaving waves of bees  beneath  them, shot out of some hole in the riverface, to roll over on  the black

rubbishheaps. There were dholes who had leaped short  into  the trees on the cliffs, and the bees blotted out

their  shapes; but  the greater number of them, maddened by the stings,  had flung  themselves into the river;

and, as Kaa said, the  Waingunga was hungry  water. 

Kaa held Mowgli fast till the boy had recovered his breath. 

"We may not stay here," he said. "The Little People are roused  indeed. Come!" 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 81



Top




Page No 84


Swimming low and diving as often as he could, Mowgli went down  the  river, knife in hand. 

"Slowly, slowly," said Kaa. "One tooth does not kill a hundred  unless it be a cobra's, and many of the dholes

took water  swiftly  when they saw the Little People rise." 

"The more work for my knife, then. Phai! How the, Little People  follow!" Mowgli sank again. The face of the

water was blanketed  with  wild bees, buzzing sullenly and stinging all they found. 

"Nothing was ever yet lost by silence," said Kaano sting could  penetrate his scales"and thou hast all the

long night for the  hunting. Hear them howl!" 

Nearly half the pack had seen the trap their fellows rushed  into,  and turning sharp aside had flung themselves

into the  water where the  gorge broke down in steep banks. Their cries of  rage and their threats  against the

"treeape" who had brought  them to their shame mixed with  the yells and growls of those who  had been

punished by the Little  People. To remain ashore was  death, and every dhole knew it. Their  pack was swept

along the  current, down to the deep eddies of the Peace  Pool, but even  there the angry Little People followed

and forced them  to the  water again. Mowgli could hear the voice of the tailless leader  bidding his people hold

on and kill out every wolf in Seeonee.  But he  did not waste his time in listening. 

"One kills in the dark behind us!" snapped a dhole. "Here is  tainted water!" 

Mowgli had dived forward like an otter, twitched a struggling  dhole under water before he could open his

mouth, and dark rings  rose  as the body plopped up, turning on its side. The dholes  tried to turn,  but the

current prevented them, and the Little  People darted at the  heads and ears, and they could hear the  challenge

of the Seeonee Pack  growing louder and deeper in the  gathering darkness. Again Mowgli  dived, and again a

dhole went  under, and rose dead, and again the  clamour broke out at the  rear of the pack; some howling that it

was  best to go ashore,  others calling on their leader to lead them back to  the Dekkan,  and others bidding

Mowgli show himself and he killed. 

"They come to the fight with two stomachs and several voices,"  said Kaa. "The rest is with thy brethren

below yonder, The  Little  People go back to sleep. They have chased us far. Now I,  too, turn  back, for I am

not of one skin with any wolf.  Good hunting, Little  Brother, and remember the dhole bites low." 

A wolf came running along the bank on three legs, leaping up and  down, laying his head sideways close to

the ground, hunching his  back, and breaking high into the air, as though he were playing  with  his cubs. It was

Wontolla, the Outlier, and he said never  a word, but  continued his horrible sport beside the dholes.  They had

been long in  the water now, and were swimming wearily,  their coats drenched and  heavy, their bushy tails

dragging like  sponges, so tired and shaken  that they, too, were silent,  watching the pair of blazing eyes that

moved abreast. 

"This is no good hunting," said one, panting. 

"Good hunting!" said Mowgli, as he rose boldly at the brute's  side, and sent the long knife home behind the

shoulder, pushing  hard  to avoid his dying snap. 

"Art thou there, Mancub?" said Wontolla across the water. 

"Ask of the dead, Outlier," Mowgli replied. "Have none come  downstream? I have filled these dogs' mouths

with dirt;  I have  tricked them in the broad daylight, and their leader  lacks his tail,  but here be some few for

thee still.  Whither shall I drive them?" 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 82



Top




Page No 85


"I will wait," said Wontolla. "The night is before me." 

Nearer and nearer came the bay of the Seeonee wolves. "For the  Pack, for the Full Pack it is met!" and a bend

in the river  drove the  dholes forward among the sands and shoals opposite  the Lairs. 

Then they saw their mistake. They should have landed half a mile  higher up, and rushed the wolves on dry

ground. Now it was too  late.  The bank was lined with burning eyes, and except for the  horrible  pheeal that

had never stopped since sundown, there was  no sound in the  Jungle. It seemed as though Wontolla were

fawning on them to come  ashore; and "Turn and take hold!" said  the leader of the dholes. The  entire Pack

flung themselves at  the shore, threshing and squattering  through the shoal water,  till the face of the

Waingunga was all white  and torn, and the  great ripples went from side to side, like bowwaves  from a  boat.

Mowgli followed the rush, stabbing and slicing as the  dholes, huddled together, rushed up the riverbeach in

one wave. 

Then the long fight began, heaving and straining and splitting  and  scattering and narrowing and broadening

along the red,  wet sands, and  over and between the tangled treeroots,  and through and among the  bushes,

and in and out of the grass  clumps; for even now the dholes  were two to one. But they met  wolves fighting

for all that made the  Pack, and not only the  short, high, deepchested, whitetusked hunters  of the Pack,  but

the anxiouseyed lahinisthe shewolves of the lair,  as the  saying isfighting for their litters, with here

and there a  yearling wolf, his first coat still half woolly, tugging and  grappling by their sides. A wolf, you

must know, flies at the  throat  or snaps at the flank, while a dhole, by preference,  bites at the  belly; so when

the dholes were struggling out of  the water and had to  raise their heads, the odds were with the  wolves. On

dry land the  wolves suffered; but in the water or  ashore, Mowgli's knife came and  went without ceasing. The

Four  had worried their way to his side. Gray  Brother, crouched  between the boy's knees, was protecting his

stomach,  while the  others guarded his back and either side, or stood over him  when  the shock of a leaping,

yelling dhole who had thrown himself  full on the steady blade bore him down. For the rest, it was one  tangled

confusiona locked and swaying mob that moved from  right to  left and from left to right along the bank;

and also  ground round and  round slowly on its own centre. Here would be a  heaving mound, like a

waterblister in a whirlpool, which would  break like a waterblister,  and throw up four or five mangled  dogs,

each striving to get back to  the centre; here would be a  single wolf borne down by two or three  dholes,

laboriously  dragging them forward, and sinking the while; here  a yearling  cub would he held up by the

pressure round him, though he  had  been killed early, while his mother, crazed with dumb rage,  rolled over

and over, snapping, and passing on; and in the  middle of  the thickest press, perhaps, one wolf and one dhole,

forgetting  everything else, would be manoeuvring for first hold  till they were  whirled away by a rush of

furious fighters.  Once Mowgli passed Akela,  a dhole on either flank, and his all  but toothless jaws closed

over  the loins of a third; and once he  saw Phao, his teeth set in the  throat of a dhole, tugging the  unwilling

beast forward till the  yearlings could finish him.  But the bulk of the fight was blind flurry  and smother in the

dark; hit, trip, and tumble, yelp, groan, and  worryworryworry,  round him and behind him and above him.

As the  night wore on,  the quick, giddygoround motion increased. The dholes  were  cowed and afraid to

attack the stronger wolves, but did not yet  dare to run away. Mowgli felt that the end was coming soon, and

contented himself with striking merely to cripple. The yearlings  were  growing bolder; there was time now

and again to breathe,  and pass a  word to a friend, and the mere flicker of the knife  would sometimes  turn a

dog aside. 

"The meat is very near the bone," Gray Brother yelled. He was  bleeding from a score of fleshwounds. 

"But the bone is yet to he cracked," said Mowgli. "Eowawa!  THUS do  we do in the Jungle!" The red blade

ran like a flame  along the side of  a dhole whose hindquarters were hidden by  the weight of a clinging  wolf. 

"My kill!" snorted the wolf through his wrinkled nostrils.  "Leave  him to me." 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 83



Top




Page No 86


"Is thy stomach still empty, Outlier?" said Mowgli. Wontolla  was  fearfully punished, but his grip had

paralysed the dhole,  who could  not turn round and reach him. 

"By the Bull that bought me," said Mowgli, with a bitter laugh,  "it is the tailless one!" And indeed it was the

big bay  coloured  leader. 

"It is not wise to kill cubs and lahinis," Mowgli went on  philosophically, wiping the blood out of his eyes,

"unless one  has  also killed the Outlier; and it is in my stomach that this  Wontolla  kills thee." 

A dhole leaped to his leader's aid; but before his teeth had  found  Wontolla's flank, Mowgli's knife was in his

throat,  and Gray Brother  took what was left. 

"And thus do we do in the Jungle," said Mowgli. 

Wontolla said not a word, only his jaws were closing and  closing  on the backbone as his life ebbed. The

dhole shuddered,  his head  dropped, and he lay still, and Wontolla dropped  above him. 

"Huh! The Blood Debt is paid," said Mowgli. "Sing the song,  Wontolla." 

"He hunts no more," said Gray Brother; "and Akela, too, is  silent  this long time." 

"The bone is cracked!" thundered Phao, son of Phaona. "They go!  Kill, kill out, O hunters of the Free

People!" 

Dhole after dhole was slinking away from those dark and bloody  sands to the river, to the thick Jungle,

upstream or down  stream as  he saw the road clear. 

"The debt! The debt!" shouted Mowgli. "Pay the debt! They have  slain the Lone Wolf! Let not a dog go!" 

He was flying to the river, knife in hand, to check any dhole  who  dared to take water, when, from under a

mound of nine dead,  rose  Akela's head and forequarters, and Mowgli dropped on his  knees beside  the Lone

Wolf. 

"Said I not it would be my last fight?" Akela gasped. "It is  good  hunting. And thou, Little Brother?" 

"I live, having killed many." 

"Even so. I die, and I wouldI would die by thee,  Little  Brother." 

Mowgli took the terrible scarred head on his knees, and put his  arms round the torn neck. 

"It is long since the old days of Shere Khan, and a Mancub that  rolled naked in the dust." 

"Nay, nay, I am a wolf. I am of one skin with the Free People,"  Mowgli cried. "It is no will of mine that I am

a man." 

"Thou art a man, Little Brother, wolfling of my watching.  Thou art  a man, or else the Pack had fled before

the dhole.  My life I owe to  thee, and today thou hast saved the Pack even  as once I saved thee.  Hast thou

forgotten? All debts are paid  now. Go to thine own people. I  tell thee again, eye of my eye,  this hunting is

ended. Go to thine own  people." 


The Second Jungle Book

RED DOG 84



Top




Page No 87


"I will never go. I will hunt alone in the Jungle. I have  said  it." 

"After the summer come the Rains, and after the Rains comes the  spring. Go back before thou art driven." 

"Who will drive me?" 

"Mowgli will drive Mowgli. Go back to thy people. Go to Man." 

"When Mowgli drives Mowgli I will go," Mowgli answered. 

"There is no more to say," said Akela. "Little Brother,  canst thou  raise me to my feet? I also was a leader of

the  Free People." 

Very carefully and gently Mowgli lifted the bodies aside,  and  raised Akela to his feet, both arms round him,

and the Lone  Wolf drew  a long breath, and began the Death Song that a leader  of the Pack  should sing when

he dies. It gathered strength as he  went on, lifting  and lifting, and ringing far across the river,  till it came to

the  last "Good hunting!" and Akela shook himself  clear of Mowgli for an  instant, and, leaping into the air,

fell backward dead upon his last  and most terrible kill. 

Mowgli sat with his head on his knees, careless of anything  else,  while the remnant of the flying dholes were

being  overtaken and run  down by the merciless lahinis. Little by  little the cries died away,  and the wolves

returned limping,  as their wounds stiffened, to take  stock of the losses.  Fifteen of the Pack, as well as half a

dozen  lahinis, lay dead  by the river, and of the others not one was  unmarked. And Mowgli  sat through it all

till the cold daybreak, when  Phao's wet,  red muzzle was dropped in his hand, and Mowgli drew back  to show

the gaunt body of Akela. 

"Good hunting!" said Phao, as though Akela were still alive,  and  then over his bitten shoulder to the others:

"Howl, dogs!  A Wolf has  died tonight!" 

But of all the Pack of two hundred fighting dholes, whose boast  was that all jungles were their Jungle, and

that no living thing  could stand before them, not one returned to the Dekkan to carry  that  word. 

CHIL'S SONG

[This is the song that Chil sang as the kites dropped down one

after another to the riverbed, when the great fight was

finished. Chil is good friends with everybody, but he is a

coldblooded kind of creature at heart, because he knows that

almost everybody in the Jungle comes to him in the longrun.]

These were my companions going forth by night

      (For Chil! Look you, for Chil!)

Now come I to whistle them the ending of the fight.

      (Chil! Vanguards of Chil!}

Word they gave me overhead of quarry newly slain,

Word I gave them underfoot of buck upon the plain.

Here's an end of every trailthey shall not speak again!

They that called the huntingcrythey that followed fast

      (For Chil! Look you, for Chil!)

They that bade the sambhur wheel, or pinned him as he passed

      (Chil! Vanguards of Chil!)

They that lagged behind the scentthey that ran before,

They that shunned the level hornthey that overbore.


The Second Jungle Book

CHIL'S SONG 85



Top




Page No 88


Here's an end of every trailthey shall not follow more.

These were my companions. Pity 'twas they died!

      (For Chil! Look you, for Chil!)

Now come I to comfort them that knew them in their pride.

      (Chil! Vanguards of Chil!)

Tattered flank and sunken eye, open mouth and red,

Locked and lank and lone they lie, the dead upon their dead.

Here's an end of every trailand here my hosts are fed.

THE SPRING RUNNING

Man goes to Man! Cry the challenge through the Jungle!

  He that was our Brother goes away.

Hear, now, and judge, O ye People of the Jungle,

  Answer, who shall turn himwho shall stay?

Man goes to Man! He is weeping in the Jungle:

  He that was our Brother sorrows sore!

Man goes to Man! (Oh, we loved him in the Jungle!)

  To the ManTrail where we may not follow more.

The second year after the great fight with Red Dog and the death  of Akela, Mowgli must have been nearly

seventeen years old.  He looked  older, for hard exercise, the best of good eating,  and baths whenever  he felt in

the least hot or dusty, had given  him strength and growth  far beyond his age. He could swing by  one hand

from a top branch for  half an hour at a time, when he  had occasion to look along the  treeroads. He could

stop a young  buck in midgallop and throw him  sideways by the head. He could  even jerk over the big, blue

wild boars  that lived in the  Marshes of the North. The Jungle People who used to  fear him  for his wits feared

him now for his strength, and when he  moved quietly on his own affairs the mere whisper of his coming

cleared the woodpaths. And yet the look in his eyes was always  gentle. Even when he fought, his eyes never

blazed as Bagheera's  did.  They only grew more and more interested and excited;  and that was one  of the

things that Bagheera himself did  not understand. 

He asked Mowgli about it, and the boy laughed and said.  "When I  miss the kill I am angry. When I must go

empty for two  days I am very  angry. Do not my eyes talk then?" 

"The mouth is hungry," said Bagheera, "but the eyes say nothing.  Hunting, eating, or swimming, it is all

onelike a stone in wet  or  dry weather." Mowgli looked at him lazily from under his long  eyelashes, and, as

usual, the panther's head dropped. Bagheera  knew  his master. 

They were lying out far up the side of a hill overlooking the  Waingunga, and the morning mists hung below

them in bands of  white  and green. As the sun rose it changed into bubbling seas  of red gold,  churned off, and

let the low rays stripe the dried  grass on which  Mowgli and Bagheera were resting. It was the end  of the cold

weather,  the leaves and the trees looked worn and  faded, and there was a dry,  ticking rustle everywhere when

the  wind blew. A little leaf  taptaptapped furiously against a  twig, as a single leaf caught in a  current will. It

roused  Bagheera, for he snuffed the morning air with  a deep, hollow  cough, threw himself on his back, and

struck with his  forepaws  at the nodding leaf above. 

"The year turns," he said. "The Jungle goes forward. The Time of  New Talk is near. That leaf knows. It is

very good." 

"The grass is dry," Mowgli answered, pulling up a tuft.  "Even  EyeoftheSpring [that is a little

trumpetshaped, waxy  red flower  that runs in and out among the grasses]even Eyeof  the Spring is  shut,

and . . . Bagheera, IS it well for the Black  Panther so to lie  on his back and beat with his paws in the air,  as

though he were the  treecat?" 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 86



Top




Page No 89


"Aowh?" said Bagheera. He seemed to be thinking of other things. 

"I say, IS it well for the Black Panther so to mouth and cough,  and howl and roll? Remember, we be the

Masters of the Jungle,  thou  and I." 

"Indeed, yes; I hear, Mancub." Bagheera rolled over hurriedly  and  sat up, the dust on his ragged black

flanks. (He was  just casting his  winter coat.) "We be surely the Masters of  the Jungle! Who is so  strong as

Mowgli? Who so wise?" There was  a curious drawl in the voice  that made Mowgli turn to see  whether by any

chance the Black Panther  were making fun of him,  for the Jungle is full of words that sound  like one thing,

but mean another. "I said we be beyond question the  Masters  of the Jungle," Bagheera repeated. "Have I done

wrong? I did  not know that the Mancub no longer lay upon the ground.  Does he fly,  then?" 

Mowgli sat with his elbows on his knees, looking out across the  valley at the daylight. Somewhere down in

the woods below a bird  was  trying over in a husky, reedy voice the first few notes of  his spring  song. It was

no more than a shadow of the liquid,  tumbling call he  would be pouring later, but Bagheera heard it. 

"I said the Time of New Talk is near," growled the panther,  switching his tail. 

"I hear," Mowgli answered. "Bagheera, why dost thou shake all  over? The sun is warm." 

"That is Ferao, the scarlet woodpecker," said Bagheera. "HE has  not forgotten. Now I, too, must remember

my song," and he began  purring and crooning to himself, harking back dissatisfied  again and  again. 

"There is no game afoot," said Mowgli. 

"Little Brother, are BOTH thine ears stopped? That is no  killingword, but my song that I make ready against

the need." 

"I had forgotten. I shall know when the Time of New Talk is  here,  because then thou and the others all run

away and leave  me alone."  Mowgli spoke rather savagely. 

"But, indeed, Little Brother," Bagheera began, "we do not  always" 

"I say ye do," said Mowgli, shooting out his forefinger angrily.  "Ye DO run away, and I, who am the Master

of the Jungle, must  needs  walk alone. How was it last season, when I would gather  sugarcane  from the

fields of a ManPack? I sent a runnerI  sent thee!to  Hathi, bidding him to come upon such a night and

pluck the sweet grass  for me with his trunk." 

"He came only two nights later," said Bagheera, cowering a  little;  "and of that long, sweet grass that pleased

thee so he  gathered more  than any Mancub could eat in all the nights of  the Rains. That was no  fault of

mine." 

"He did not come upon the night when I sent him the word.  No, he  was trumpeting and running and roaring

through the  valleys in the  moonlight. His trail was like the trail of  three elephants, for he  would not hide

among the trees.  He danced in the moonlight before the  houses of the ManPack.  I saw him, and yet he

would not come to me;  and _I_ am the  Master of the Jungle!" 

"It was the Time of New Talk," said the panther, always very  humble. "Perhaps, Little Brother, thou didst not

that time call  him  by a Masterword? Listen to Ferao, and be glad!" 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 87



Top




Page No 90


Mowgli's bad temper seemed to have boiled itself away. He lay  back  with his head on his arms, his eyes shut.

"I do not know  nor do I  care," he said sleepily. "Let us sleep, Bagheera.  My stomach is heavy  in me. Make

me a rest for my head." 

The panther lay down again with a sigh, because he could hear  Ferao practising and repractising his song

against the  Springtime of  New Talk, as they say. 

In an Indian Jungle the seasons slide one into the other  almost  without division. There seem to be only

twothe wet  and the dry; but  if you look closely below the torrents of  rain and the clouds of char  and dust

you will find all four  going round in their regular ring.  Spring is the most wonderful,  because she has not to

cover a clean,  bare field with new leaves  and flowers, but to drive before her and to  put away the

hangingon, oversurviving raffle of halfgreen things  which  the gentle winter has suffered to live, and to

make the  partlydressed stale earth feel new and young once more.  And this she  does so well that there is no

spring in the world  like the Jungle  spring. 

There is one day when all things are tired, and the very smells,  as they drift on the heavy air, are old and used.

One cannot  explain  this, but it feels so. Then there is another dayto the  eye nothing  whatever has

changedwhen all the smells are new  and delightful, and  the whiskers of the Jungle People quiver to  their

roots, and the  winter hair comes away from their sides in  long, draggled locks. Then,  perhaps, a little rain

falls,  and all the trees and the bushes and the  bamboos and the mosses  and the juicyleaved plants wake with

a noise  of growing that  you can almost hear, and under this noise runs, day  and night,  a deep hum. THAT is

the noise of the springa vibrating  boom  which is neither bees, nor falling water, nor the wind in tree  tops,

but the purring of the warm, happy world. 

Up to this year Mowgli had always delighted in the turn of the  seasons. It was he who generally saw the first

EyeoftheSpring  deep  down among the grasses, and the first bank of spring  clouds, which are  like nothing

else in the Jungle. His voice  could be heard in all sorts  of wet, starlighted, blossoming  places, helping the

big frogs through  their choruses, or mocking  the little upsidedown owls that hoot  through the white nights.

Like all his people, spring was the season  he chose for his  flittingsmoving, for the mere joy of rushing

through the warm  air, thirty, forty, or fifty miles between twilight  and the  morning star, and coming back

panting and laughing and  wreathed  with strange flowers. The Four did not follow him on these  wild  ringings

of the Jungle, but went off to sing songs with other  wolves. The Jungle People are very busy in the spring,

and  Mowgli  could hear them grunting and screaming and whistling  according to  their kind. Their voices then

are different from  their voices at other  times of the year, and that is one of the  reasons why spring in the

Jungle is called the Time of New Talk. 

But that spring, as he told Bagheera, his stomach was changed  in  him. Ever since the bamboo shoots turned

spottybrown he  had been  looking forward to the morning when the smells should  change. But when  the

morning came, and Mor the Peacock, blazing  in bronze and blue and  gold, cried it aloud all along the misty

woods, and Mowgli opened his  mouth to send on the cry, the words  choked between his teeth, and a  feeling

came over him that  began at his toes and ended in his haira  feeling of pure  unhappiness, so that he looked

himself over to be sure  that he  had not trod on a thorn. Mor cried the new smells, the other  birds took it over,

and from the rocks by the Waingunga he heard  Bagheera's hoarse screamsomething between the scream of

an  eagle  and the neighing of a horse. There was a yelling and  scattering of  Bandarlog in the newbudding

branches above,  and there stood Mowgli,  his chest, filled to answer Mor,  sinking in little gasps as the breath

was driven out of it  by this unhappiness. 

He stared all round him, but he could see no more than the  mocking  Bandarlog scudding through the trees,

and Mor, his tail  spread in  full splendour, dancing on the slopes below. 

"The smells have changed," screamed Mor. "Good hunting,  Little  Brother! Where is thy answer?" 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 88



Top




Page No 91


"Little Brother, good hunting!" whistled Chil the Kite and his  mate, swooping down together. The two baffed

under Mowgli's nose  so  close that a pinch of downy white feathers brushed away. 

A light spring rainelephantrain they call itdrove across  the  Jungle in a belt half a mile wide, left the

new leaves wet  and nodding  behind, and died out in a double rainbow and a light  roll of thunder.  The spring

hum broke out for a minute, and was  silent, but all the  Jungle Folk seemed to be giving tongue at  once. All

except Mowgli. 

"I have eaten good food," he said to himself. "I have drunk good  water. Nor does my throat burn and grow

small, as it did when  I bit  the bluespotted root that Oo the Turtle said was clean  food. But my  stomach is

heavy, and I have given very bad talk  to Bagheera and  others, people of the Jungle and my people.  Now, too,

I am hot and now  I am cold, and now I am neither hot  nor cold, but angry with that  which I cannot see. Huhu!

It is  time to make a running! Tonight I  will cross the ranges; yes,  I will make a spring running to the

Marshes of the North, and  back again. I have hunted too easily too  long. The Four shall  come with me, for

they grow as fat as white  grubs." 

He called, but never one of the Four answered. They were far  beyond earshot, singing over the spring

songsthe Moon and  Sambhur  Songs with the wolves of the pack; for in the spring  time the  Jungle

People make very little difference between the  day and the  night. He gave the sharp, barking note, but his

only  answer was the  mocking maiou of the little spotted treecat  winding in and out among  the branches for

early birds' nests.  At this he shook all over with  rage, and half drew his knife.  Then he became very haughty,

though  there was no one to see him,  and stalked severely down the hillside,  chin up and eyebrows  down. But

never a single one of his people asked  him a question,  for they were all too busy with their own affairs. 

"Yes," said Mowgli to himself, though in his heart he knew that  he  had no reason. "Let the Red Dhole come

from the Dekkan,  or the Red  Flower dance among the bamboos, and all the Jungle  runs whining to  Mowgli,

calling him great elephantnames.  But now, because  EyeoftheSpring is red, and Mor, forsooth,  must

show his naked legs  in some spring dance, the Jungle goes  mad as Tabaqui. . . . By the  Bull that bought me!

am I the  Master of the Jungle, or am I not? Be  silent! What do ye here?" 

A couple of young wolves of the Pack were cantering down a path,  looking for open ground in which to fight.

(You will remember  that  the Law of the Jungle forbids fighting where the Pack can  see.) Their  neckbristles

were as stiff as wire, and they bayed  furiously,  crouching for the first grapple. Mowgli leaped  forward, caught

one  outstretched throat in either hand,  expecting to fling the creatures  backward as he had often done  in

games or Pack hunts. But he had never  before interfered with  a spring fight. The two leaped forward and

dashed him aside,  and without word to waste rolled over and over close  locked. 

Mowgli was on his feet almost before he fell, his knife and his  white teeth were bared, and at that minute he

would have killed  both  for no reason but that they were fighting when he wished  them to be  quiet, although

every wolf has full right under the  Law to fight. He  danced round them with lowered shoulders and  quivering

hand, ready to  send in a double blow when the first  flurry of the scuffle should be  over; but while he waited

the  strength seemed to ebb from his body,  the knifepoint lowered,  and he sheathed the knife and watched. 

"I have surely eaten poison," he sighed at last. Since I broke  up  the Council with the Red Flowersince I

killed Shere Khan  none of  the Pack could fling me aside. And these be only tail  wolves in the  Pack, little

hunters! My strength is gone from me,  and presently I  shall die. Oh, Mowgli, why dost thou not kill  them

both?" 

The fight went on till one wolf ran away, and Mowgli was left  alone on the torn and bloody ground, looking

now at his knife,  and  now at his legs and arms, while the feeling of unhappiness  he had  never known before

covered him as water covers a log. 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 89



Top




Page No 92


He killed early that evening and ate but little, so as to be  in  good fettle for his spring running, and he ate alone

because  all the  Jungle People were away singing or fighting. It was a  perfect white  night, as they call it. All

green things seemed to  have made a month's  growth since the morning. The branch that  was yellowleaved

the day  before dripped sap when Mowgli broke  it. The mosses curled deep and  warm over his feet, the young

grass had no cutting edges, and all the  voices of the Jungle  boomed like one deep harpstring touched by the

moonthe Moon  of New Talk, who splashed her light full on rock and  pool,  slipped it between trunk and

creeper, and sifted it through a  million leaves. Forgetting his unhappiness, Mowgli sang aloud  with  pure

delight as he settled into his stride. It was more  like flying  than anything else, for he had chosen the long

downward slope that  leads to the Northern Marshes through the  heart of the main Jungle,  where the springy

ground deadened the  fall of his feet. A mantaught  man would have picked his way  with many stumbles

through the cheating  moonlight, but Mowgli's  muscles, trained by years of experience, bore  him up as though

he were a feather. When a rotten log or a hidden  stone turned  under his foot he saved himself, never checking

his pace,  without effort and without thought. When he tired of ground  going he  threw up his hands

monkeyfashion to the nearest  creeper, and seemed  to float rather than to climb up into the  thin branches,

whence he  would follow a treeroad till his mood  changed, and he shot downward  in a long, leafy curve to

the  levels again. There were still, hot  hollows surrounded by wet  rocks where he could hardly breathe for the

heavy scents of the  night flowers and the bloom along the creeper  buds; dark avenues  where the moonlight

lay in belts as regular as  checkered marbles  in a church aisle; thickets where the wet young  growth stood

breasthigh about him and threw its arms round his waist;  and hilltops crowned with broken rock, where he

leaped from  stone to  stone above the lairs of the frightened little foxes.  He would hear,  very faint and far off,

the chugdrug of a boar  sharpening his tusks  on a bole; and would come across the great  gray brute all alone,

scribing and rending the bark of a tall  tree, his mouth dripping with  foam, and his eyes blazing like  fire. Or he

would turn aside to the  sound of clashing horns and  hissing grunts, and dash past a couple of  furious

sambhur,  staggering to and fro with lowered heads, striped  with blood  that showed black in the moonlight. Or

at some rushing ford  he  would hear Jacala the Crocodile bellowing like a bull,  or disturb  a twined knot of the

Poison People, but before they  could strike he  would be away and across the glistening shingle,  and deep in

the  Jungle again. 

So he ran, sometimes shouting, sometimes singing to himself,  the  happiest thing in all the Jungle that night,

till the smell  of the  flowers warned him that he was near the marshes,  and those lay far  beyond his farthest

huntinggrounds. 

Here, again, a mantrained man would have sunk overhead in three  strides, but Mowgli's feet had eyes in

them, and they passed him  from  tussock to tussock and clump to quaking clump without  asking help from  the

eyes in his head. He ran out to the middle  of the swamp,  disturbing the duck as he ran, and sat down on a

mosscoated  treetrunk lapped in the black water. The marsh was  awake all round  him, for in the spring the

Bird People sleep  very lightly, and  companies of them were coming or going the  night through. But no one

took any notice of Mowgli sitting  among the tall reeds humming songs  without words, and looking at  the

soles of his hard brown feet in case  of neglected thorns.  All his unhappiness seemed to have been left  behind

in his own  Jungle, and he was just beginning a fullthroat song  when it came  back againten times worse

than before. 

This time Mowgli was frightened. "It is here also!" he said half  aloud. "It has followed me," and he looked

over his shoulder to  see  whether the It were not standing behind him. "There is no  one here."  The night noises

of the marsh went on, but never a  bird or beast spoke  to him, and the new feeling of misery grew. 

"I have surely eaten poison," he said in an awestricken voice.  "It must be that carelessly I have eaten poison,

and my strength  is  going from me. I was afraidand yet it was not _I_ that was  afraidMowgli was afraid

when the two wolves fought. Akela, or  even  Phao, would have silenced them; yet Mowgli was afraid.  That is

true  sign I have eaten poison. . . . But what do they  care in the Jungle?  They sing and howl and fight, and run

in  companies under the moon, and  IHaimai!I am dying in the  marshes, of that poison which I have


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 90



Top




Page No 93


eaten." He was so sorry for  himself that he nearly wept. "And after,"  he went on, "they will  find me lying in

the black water. Nay, I will  go back to my own  Jungle, and I will die upon the Council Rock, and  Bagheera,

whom I love, if he is not screaming in the valleyBagheera,  perhaps, may watch by what is left for a little,

lest Chil use  me as  he used Akela." 

A large, warm tear splashed down on his knee, and, miserable as  he  was, Mowgli felt happy that he was so

miserable, if you can  understand  that upsidedown sort of happiness. "As Chil the  Kite used Akela," he

repeated, "on the night I saved the Pack  from Red Dog." He was quiet  for a little, thinking of the  last words of

the Lone Wolf, which you,  of course, remember.  "Now Akela said to me many foolish things before  he died,

for when we die our stomachs change. He said . . . None the  less, I AM of the Jungle!" 

In his excitement, as he remembered the fight on Waingunga bank,  he shouted the last words aloud, and a

wild buffalocow among  the  reeds sprang to her knees, snorting, "Man!" 

"Uhh!" said Mysa the Wild Buffalo (Mowgli could hear him turn  in  his wallow), "THAT is no man. It is only

the hairless wolf  of the  Seeonee Pack. On such nights runs he to and fro." 

"Uhh!" said the cow, dropping her head again to graze,  "I thought  it was Man." 

"I say no. Oh, Mowgli, is it danger?" lowed Mysa. 

"Oh, Mowgli, is it danger?" the boy called back mockingly.  "That  is all Mysa thinks for: Is it danger? But for

Mowgli,  who goes to and  fro in the Jungle by night, watching, what  do ye care?" 

"How loud he cries!" said the cow. "Thus do they cry," Mysa  answered contemptuously, "who, having torn

up the grass,  know not how  to eat it." 

"For less than this," Mowgli groaned to himself, for less than  this even last Rains I had pricked Mysa out of

his wallow,  and ridden  him through the swamp on a rush halter." He stretched  a hand to break  one of the

feathery reeds, but drew it back with  a sigh. Mysa went on  steadily chewing the cud, and the long  grass

ripped where the cow  grazed. "I will not die HERE,"  he said angrily. "Mysa, who is of one  blood with Jacala

and  the pig, would see me. Let us go beyond the  swamp and see what  comes. Never have I run such a spring

runninghot  and cold  together. Up, Mowgli!" 

He could not resist the temptation of stealing across the reeds  to  Mysa and pricking him with the point of his

knife. The great  dripping  bull broke out of his wallow like a shell exploding,  while Mowgli  laughed till he sat

down. 

"Say now that the hairless wolf of the Seeonee Pack once herded  thee, Mysa," he called. 

"Wolf! THOU?" the bull snorted, stamping in the mud. "All the  jungle knows thou wast a herder of tame

cattlesuch a man's  brat as  shouts in the dust by the crops yonder. THOU of the  Jungle! What  hunter would

have crawled like a snake among the  leeches, and for a  muddy jesta jackal's jesthave shamed me  before

my cow? Come to  firm ground, and I willI will . . ."  Mysa frothed at the mouth, for  Mysa has nearly the

worst temper  of any one in the Jungle. 

Mowgli watched him puff and blow with eyes that never changed.  When he could make himself heard

through the pattering mud,  he said:  "What ManPack lair here by the marshes, Mysa? This is  new Jungle to

me." 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 91



Top




Page No 94


"Go north, then," roared the angry bull, for Mowgli had pricked  him rather sharply. "It was a naked

cowherd's jest. Go and tell  them  at the village at the foot of the marsh." 

"The ManPack do not love jungletales, nor do I think, Mysa,  that  a scratch more or less on thy hide is any

matter for a  council. But I  will go and look at this village. Yes, I will go.  Softly now. It is  not every night that

the Master of the Jungle  comes to herd thee." 

He stepped out to the shivering ground on the edge of the marsh,  well knowing that Mysa would never charge

over it and laughed,  as he  ran, to think of the bull's anger. 

"My strength is not altogether gone," he said. It may be that  the  poison is not to the bone. There is a star

sitting low  yonder." He  looked at it between his halfshut hands. "By the  Bull that bought me,  it is the Red

Flowerthe Red Flower that  I lay beside beforebefore  I came even to the first Seeonee  Pack! Now that I

have seen, I will  finish the running." 

The marsh ended in a broad plain where a light twinkled.  It was a  long time since Mowgli had concerned

himself with  the doings of men,  but this night the glimmer of the Red Flower  drew him forward. 

"I will look," said he, "as I did in the old days, and I will  see  how far the ManPack has changed." 

Forgetting that he was no longer in his own Jungle, where he  could  do what he pleased, he trod carelessly

through the dew  loaded grasses  till he came to the hut where the light stood.  Three or four yelping  dogs

gave tongue, for he was on the  outskirts of a village. 

"Ho!" said Mowgli, sitting down noiselessly, after sending back  a  deep wolfgrowl that silenced the curs.

"What comes will come.  Mowgli,  what hast thou to do any more with the lairs of the  ManPack?" He  rubbed

his mouth, remembering where a stone had  struck it years ago  when the other ManPack had cast him out. 

The door of the hut opened, and a woman stood peering out  into the  darkness. A child cried, and the woman

said over her  shoulder, "Sleep.  It was but a jackal that waked the dogs.  In a little time morning  comes." 

Mowgli in the grass began to shake as though he had fever.  He knew  that voice well, but to make sure he

cried softly,  surprised to find  how man's talk came back, "Messua! O Messua!" 

"Who calls?" said the woman, a quiver in her voice. 

"Hast thou forgotten?" said Mowgli. His throat was dry as  he  spoke. 

"If it be THOU, what name did I give thee? Say!" She had half  shut  the door, and her hand was clutching at

her breast. 

"Nathoo! Ohe, Nathoo!" said Mowgli, for, as you remember, that  was  the name Messua gave him when he

first came to the ManPack. 

"Come, my son," she called, and Mowgli stepped into the light,  and  looked full at Messua, the woman who

had been good to him,  and whose  life he had saved from the ManPack so long before.  She was older, and

her hair was gray, but her eyes and her voice  had not changed.  Womanlike, she expected to find Mowgli

where  she had left him, and  her eyes travelled upward in a puzzled way  from his chest to his head,  that

touched the top of the door. 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 92



Top




Page No 95


"My son," she stammered; and then, sinking to his feet: "But it  is  no longer my son. It is a Godling of the

Woods! Ahai!" 

As he stood in the red light of the oillamp, strong, tall,  and  beautiful, his long black hair sweeping over his

shoulders,  the knife  swinging at his neck, and his head crowned with a  wreath of white  jasmine, he might

easily have been mistaken for  some wild god of a  jungle legend. The child half asleep on a cot  sprang up and

shrieked  aloud with terror. Messua turned to  soothe him, while Mowgli stood  still, looking in at the water

jars and the cookingpots, the  grainbin, and all the other  human belongings that he found himself

remembering so well. 

"What wilt thou eat or drink?" Messua murmured. "This is all  thine. We owe our lives to thee. But art thou

him I called  Nathoo, or  a Godling, indeed?" 

"I am Nathoo," said Mowgli, "I am very far from my own place.  I  saw this light, and came hither. I did not

know thou  wast here." 

"After we came to Khanhiwara," Messua said timidly, "the English  would have helped us against those

villagers that sought to burn  us.  Rememberest thou?" 

"Indeed, I have not forgotten." 

"But when the English Law was made ready, we went to the village  of those evil people, and it was no more

to be found." 

"That also I remember," said Mowgli, with a quiver of  his nostril. 

"My man, therefore, took service in the fields, and at last  for,  indeed, he was a strong manwe held a

little land here.  It is not so  rich as the old village, but we do not need much  we two." 

"Where is he the man that dug in the dirt when he was afraid on  that night?" 

"He is deada year." 

"And he?" Mowgli pointed to the child. 

"My son that was born two Rains ago. If thou art a Godling,  give  him the Favour of the Jungle, that he may

be safe among  thythy  people, as we were safe on that night." 

She lifted up the child, who, forgetting his fright, reached out  to play with the knife that hung on Mowgli's

chest, and Mowgli  put  the little fingers aside very carefully. 

"And if thou art Nathoo whom the tiger carried away," Messua  went  on, choking, "he is then thy younger

brother. Give him an  elder  brother's blessing." 

"Haimai! What do I know of the thing called a blessing?  I am  neither a Godling nor his brother, andO

mother, mother,  my heart is  heavy in me." He shivered as he set down the child. 

"Like enough," said Messua, bustling among the cookingpots.  "This  comes of running about the marshes by

night.  Beyond question, the  fever had soaked thee to the marrow."  Mowgli smiled a little at the  idea of

anything in the Jungle  hurting him. "I will make a fire, and  thou shalt drink warm  milk. Put away the jasmine

wreath: the smell is  heavy in so  small a place." 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 93



Top




Page No 96


Mowgli sat down, muttering, with his face in his hands.  All manner  of strange feelings that he had never felt

before  were running over  him, exactly as though he had been poisoned,  and he felt dizzy and a  little sick. He

drank the warm milk in  long gulps, Messua patting him  on the shoulder from time to  time, not quite sure

whether he were her  son Nathoo of the long  ago days, or some wonderful Jungle being, but  glad to feel that

he was at least flesh and blood. 

"Son," she said at last,her eyes were full of pride,  "have any  told thee that thou art beautiful beyond all

men?" 

"Hah?" said Mowgli, for naturally he had never heard anything of  the kind. Messua laughed softly and

happily. The look in his  face was  enough for her. 

"I am the first, then? It is right, though it comes seldom,  that a  mother should tell her son these good things.

Thou art  very beautiful.  Never have I looked upon such a man." 

Mowgli twisted his head and tried to see over his own hard  shoulder, and Messua laughed again so long that

Mowgli,  not knowing  why, was forced to laugh with her, and the child  ran from one to the  other, laughing

too. 

"Nay, thou must not mock thy brother," said Messua, catching  him  to her breast. "When thou art onehalf as

fair we will marry  thee to  the youngest daughter of a king, and thou shalt ride  great elephants." 

Mowgli could not understand one word in three of the talk here;  the warm milk was taking effect on him after

his long run, so he  curled up and in a minute was deep asleep, and Messua put the  hair  back from his eyes,

threw a cloth over him, and was happy.  Junglefashion, he slept out the rest of that night and all the  next  day;

for his instincts, which never wholly slept, warned  him there was  nothing to fear. He waked at last with a

bound  that shook the hut, for  the cloth over his face made him dream  of traps; and there he stood,  his hand on

his knife, the sleep  all heavy in his rolling eyes, ready  for any fight. 

Messua laughed, and set the evening meal before him. There were  only a few coarse cakes baked over the

smoky fire, some rice,  and a  lump of sour preserved tamarindsjust enough to go on  with till he  could get to

his evening kill. The smell of the dew  in the marshes  made him hungry and restless. He wanted to finish  his

spring running,  but the child insisted on sitting in his  arms, and Messua would have  it that his long,

blueblack hair  must he combed out. So she sang, as  she combed, foolish little  babysongs, now calling

Mowgli her son, and  now begging him to  give some of his jungle power to the child. The hut  door was

closed, but Mowgli heard a sound he knew well, and saw  Messua's  jaw drop with horror as a great gray paw

came under the  bottom  of the door, and Gray Brother outside whined a muffled and  penitent whine of anxiety

and fear. 

"Out and wait! Ye would not come when I called," said Mowgli  in  Jungletalk, without turning his head, and

the great gray  paw  disappeared. 

"Do notdo not bring thythy servants with thee," said Messua.  "Iwe have always lived at peace with

the Jungle." 

"It is peace," said Mowgli, rising. "Think of that night on the  road to Khanhiwara. There were scores of such

folk before thee  and  behind thee. But I see that even in springtime the Jungle  People do  not always forget.

Mother, I go." 

Messua drew aside humblyhe was indeed a woodgod, she thought;  but as his hand was on the door the

mother in her made her throw  her  arms round Mowgli's neck again and again. 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 94



Top




Page No 97


"Come back!" she whispered. "Son or no son, come back, for I  love  theeLook, he too grieves." 

The child was crying because the man with the shiny knife was  going away. 

"Come back again," Messua repeated. "By night or by day this  door  is never shut to thee." 

Mowgli's throat worked as though the cords in it were being  pulled, and his voice seemed to be dragged from

it as he  answered, "I  will surely come back." 

"And now," he said, as he put by the head of the fawning wolf on  the threshold, "I have a little cry against

thee, Gray Brother.  Why  came ye not all four when I called so long ago?" 

"So long ago? It was but last night. Iwewere singing in  the  Jungle the new songs, for this is the Time of

New Talk.  Rememberest  thou?" 

"Truly, truly." 

"And as soon as the songs were sung," Gray Brother went on  earnestly, "I followed thy trail. I ran from all the

others and  followed hotfoot. But, O Little Brother, what hast THOU done,  eating  and sleeping with the

ManPack?" 

"If ye had come when I called, this had never been," said  Mowgli,  running much faster. 

"And now what is to be?" said Gray Brother. Mowgli was going to  answer when a girl in a white cloth came

down some path that led  from  the outskirts of the village. Gray Brother dropped out of  sight at  once, and

Mowgli backed noiselessly into a field of  highspringing  crops. He could almost have touched her with  his

hand when the warm,  green stalks closed before his face  and he disappeared like a ghost.  The girl screamed,

for she  thought she had seen a spirit, and then she  gave a deep sigh.  Mowgli parted the stalks with his hands

and watched  her till  she was out of sight. 

"And now I do not know," he said, sighing in his turn. "WHY did  ye  not come when I called?" 

"We follow theewe follow thee," Gray Brother mumbled, licking  at  Mowgli's heel. "We follow thee

always, except in the Time of  the New  Talk." 

"And would ye follow me to the ManPack?" Mowgli whispered. 

"Did I not follow thee on the night our old Pack cast thee out?  Who waked thee lying among the crops?" 

"Ay, but again?" 

"Have I not followed thee tonight? " 

"Ay, but again and again, and it may be again, Gray Brother?" 

Gray Brother was silent. When he spoke he growled to himself,  "The  Black One spoke truth." 

"And he said?" 

"Man goes to Man at the last. Raksha, our mother, said" 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 95



Top




Page No 98


"So also said Akela on the night of Red Dog," Mowgli muttered. 

"So also says Kaa, who is wiser than us all." 

"What dost thou say, Gray Brother?" 

"They cast thee out once, with bad talk. They cut thy mouth  with  stones. They sent Buldeo to slay thee. They

would have  thrown thee  into the Red Flower. Thou, and not I, hast said  that they are evil and  senseless. Thou,

and not II follow  my own peopledidst let in the  Jungle upon them. Thou, and  not I, didst make song

against them more  bitter even than our  song against Red Dog." 

"I ask thee what THOU sayest?" 

They were talking as they ran. Gray Brother cantered on a while  without replying, and then he

said,between bound and bound as  it  were,"MancubMaster of the JungleSon of Raksha, Lair

brother to  methough I forget for a little while in the spring,  thy trail is my  trail, thy lair is my lair, thy kill

is my kill,  and thy deathfight  is my deathfight. I speak for the Three.  But what wilt thou say to  the

Jungle?" 

"That is well thought. Between the sight and the kill it is not  good to wait. Go before and cry them all to the

Council Rock,  and I  will tell them what is in my stomach. But they may not  comein the  Time of New Talk

they may forget me." 

"Hast thou, then, forgotten nothing?" snapped Gray Brother over  his shoulder, as he laid himself down to

gallop, and Mowgli  followed,  thinking. 

At any other season the news would have called all the Jungle  together with bristling necks, but now they

were busy hunting  and  fighting and killing and singing. From one to another Gray  Brother  ran, crying, "The

Master of the Jungle goes back to Man!  Come to the  Council Rock." And the happy, eager People only

answered, "He will  return in the summer heats. The Rains will  drive him to lair. Run and  sing with us, Gray

Brother." 

"But the Master of the Jungle goes back to Man," Gray Brother  would repeat. 

"EeeYoawa? Is the Time of New Talk any less sweet for that?"  they would reply. So when Mowgli,

heavyhearted, came up through  the  well remembered rocks to the place where he had been  brought into the

Council, he found only the Four, Baloo, who was  nearly blind with age,  and the heavy, coldblooded Kaa

coiled  around Akela's empty seat. 

"Thy trail ends here, then, Manling?" said Kaa, as Mowgli threw  himself down, his face in his hands. "Cry

thy cry. We be of one  blood, thou and Iman and snake together." 

"Why did I not die under Red Dog?" the boy moaned. "My strength  is  gone from me, and it is not any poison.

By night and by day  I hear a  double step upon my trail. When I turn my head it is as  though one had  hidden

himself from me that instant. I go to look  behind the trees and  he is not there. I call and none cry again;  but it

is as though one  listened and kept back the answer. I lie  down, but I do not rest. I  run the spring running, but I

am not  made still. I bathe, but I am not  made cool. The kill sickens  me, but I have no heart to fight except I

kill. The Red Flower  is in my body, my bones are waterandI know  not what I know." 

"What need of talk?" said Baloo slowly, turning his head to  where  Mowgli lay. "Akela by the river said it,

that Mowgli  should drive  Mowgli back to the ManPack. I said it. But who  listens now to Baloo?


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 96



Top




Page No 99


Bagheerawhere is Bagheera this night?  he knows also. It is the  Law." 

"When we met at Cold Lairs, Manling, I knew it," said Kaa,  turning  a little in his mighty coils. "Man goes to

Man at the  last, though the  Jungle does not cast him out." 

The Four looked at one another and at Mowgli, puzzled  but  obedient. 

"The Jungle does not cast me out, then?" Mowgli stammered. 

Gray Brother and the Three growled furiously, beginning,  "So long  as we live none shall dare" But

Baloo checked them. 

"I taught thee the Law. It is for me to speak," he said;  "and,  though I cannot now see the rocks before me, I

see far.  Little Frog,  take thine own trail; make thy lair with thine own  blood and pack and  people; but when

there is need of foot or  tooth or eye, or a word  carried swiftly by night, remember,  Master of the Jungle, the

Jungle  is thine at call." 

"The Middle Jungle is thine also," said Kaa. I speak for no  small  people." 

"Haimai, my brothers," cried Mowgli, throwing up his arms with  a  sob. "I know not what I know! I would

not go; but I am drawn  by both  feet. How shall I leave these nights?" 

"Nay, look up, Little Brother," Baloo repeated. There is no  shame  in this hunting. When the honey is eaten

we leave the  empty hive." 

"Having cast the skin," said Kaa, "we may not creep into it  afresh. It is the Law." 

"Listen, dearest of all to me," said Baloo. There is neither  word  nor will here to hold thee back. Look up!

Who may question  the Master  of the Jungle? I saw thee playing among the white  pebbles yonder when  thou

wast a little frog; and Bagheera,  that bought thee for the price  of a young bull newly killed,  saw thee also. Of

that Looking Over we  two only remain;  for Raksha, thy lairmother, is dead with thy  lairfather;  the old

WolfPack is long since dead; thou knowest  whither  Shere Khan went, and Akela died among the dholes,

where,  but  for thy wisdom and strength, the second Seeonee Pack would  also have  died. There remains

nothing but old bones. It is no  longer the Mancub  that asks leave of his Pack, but the Master  of the Jungle

that changes  his trail. Who shall question Man  in his ways?" 

"But Bagheera and the Bull that bought me," said Mowgli.  "I would  not" 

His words were cut short by a roar and a crash in the thicket  below, and Bagheera, light, strong, and terrible

as always,  stood  before him. 

"Therefore," he said, stretching out a dripping right paw,  "I did  not come. It was a long hunt, but he lies dead

in the  bushes nowa  bull in his second yearthe Bull that frees thee,  Little Brother. All  debts are paid now.

For the rest, my word is  Baloo's word." He licked  Mowgli's foot. "Remember, Bagheera  loved thee," he cried,

and bounded  away. At the foot of the hill  he cried again long and loud, "Good  hunting on a new trail,  Master

of the Jungle! Remember, Bagheera loved  thee." 

"Thou hast heard," said Baloo. "There is no more. Go now;  but  first come to me. O wise Little Frog, come to

me!" 


The Second Jungle Book

THE SPRING RUNNING 97



Top




Page No 100


"It is hard to cast the skin," said Kaa as Mowgli sobbed and  sobbed, with his head on the blind bear's side and

his arms  round his  neck, while Baloo tried feebly to lick his feet. 

"The stars are thin," said Gray Brother, snuffing at the dawn  wind. "Where shall we lair today?  for from

now, we follow  new  trails." 

...... 

And this is the last of the Mowgli stories. 

THE OUTSONG

[This is the song that Mowgli heard behind him in the Jungle till

he came to Messua's door again.]

Baloo

For the sake of him who showed

One wise Frog the JungleRoad,

Keep the Law the ManPack make

For thy blind old Baloo's sake!

Clean or tainted, hot or stale,

Hold it as it were the Trail,

Through the day and through the night,

Questing neither left nor right.

For the sake of him who loves

Thee beyond all else that moves,

When thy Pack would make thee pain,

Say: "Tabaqui sings again."

When thy Pack would work thee ill,

Say: "Shere Khan is yet to kill."

When the knife is drawn to slay,

Keep the Law and go thy way.

(Root and honey, palm and spathe,

Guard a cub from harm and scathe!)

Wood and Water, Wind and Tree,

JungleFavour go with thee!

Kaa

Anger is the egg of Fear

Only lidless eyes are clear.

Cobrapoison none may leech.

Even so with Cobraspeech.

Open talk shall call to thee

Strength, whose mate is Courtesy.

Send no lunge beyond thy length;

Lend no rotten bough thy strength.

Gauge thy gape with buck or goat,

Lest thine eye should choke thy throat,

After gorging, wouldst thou sleep?

Look thy den is hid and deep,

Lest a wrong, by thee forgot,

Draw thy killer to the spot.

East and West and North and South,

Wash thy hide and close thy mouth.

(Pit and rift and blue poolbrim,

MiddleJungle follow him!)


The Second Jungle Book

THE OUTSONG 98



Top




Page No 101


Wood and Water, Wind and Tree,

JungleFavour go with thee!

Bagheera

In the cage my life began;

Well I know the worth of Man.

By the Broken Lock that freed

Mancub, 'ware the Mancub's breed!

Scentingdew or starlight pale,

Choose no tangled treecat trail.

Pack or council, hunt or den,

Cry no truce with JackalMen.

Feed them silence when they say:

"Come with us an easy way."

Feed them silence when they seek

Help of thine to hurt the weak.

Make no banaar's boast of skill;

Hold thy peace above the kill.

Let nor call nor song nor sign

Turn thee from thy huntingline.

(Morning mist or twilight clear,

Serve him, Wardens of the Deer!)

Wood and Water, Wind and Tree,

JungleFavour go with thee!

The Three

On the trail that thou must tread

To the thresholds of our dread,

Where the Flower blossoms red;

Through the nights when thou shalt lie

Prisoned from our Mothersky,

Hearing us, thy loves, go by;

In the dawns when thou shalt wake

To the toil thou canst not break,

Heartsick for the Jungle's sake:

Wood and Water, Wind and Tree,

Wisdom, Strength, and Courtesy,

JungleFavour go with thee!


The Second Jungle Book

THE OUTSONG 99



Top





Bookmarks



1. Table of Contents, page = 3

2. The Second Jungle Book, page = 4

   3. Rudyard Kipling, page = 4

   4. HOW FEAR CAME, page = 4

   5. THE LAW OF THE JUNGLE, page = 13

   6.  THE MIRACLE OF PURUN BHAGAT, page = 15

   7. A SONG OF KABIR, page = 22

   8.  LETTING IN THE JUNGLE, page = 22

   9.  MOWGLI'S SONG AGAINST PEOPLE, page = 38

   10.  THE UNDERTAKERS, page = 38

   11.  A RIPPLE SONG, page = 51

   12.  THE KING'S ANKUS, page = 51

   13.  THE SONG OF THE LITTLE HUNTER, page = 62

   14.  QUIQUERN, page = 63

   15.  'ANGUTIVAUN TAINA', page = 74

   16.  RED DOG, page = 75

   17.  CHIL'S SONG, page = 88

   18.  THE SPRING RUNNING, page = 89

   19. THE OUTSONG, page = 101